|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 /*
|
|
|
17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group.
|
|
|
18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in
|
|
|
19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE.
|
|
|
20 */
|
|
|
21 struct hl_group
|
|
|
22 {
|
|
|
23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */
|
|
|
25 /* for normal terminals */
|
|
|
26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */
|
|
|
28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */
|
|
|
29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */
|
|
|
30 /* for color terminals */
|
|
|
31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */
|
|
|
32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */
|
|
|
33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */
|
|
|
36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
37 /* for when using the GUI */
|
|
|
38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */
|
|
|
40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */
|
|
|
41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */
|
|
|
42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */
|
|
205
|
43 guicolor_T sg_gui_sp; /* GUI special color handle */
|
|
|
44 char_u *sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */
|
|
7
|
45 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */
|
|
|
46 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
47 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */
|
|
|
48 #endif
|
|
|
49 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */
|
|
|
50 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */
|
|
|
51 #endif
|
|
|
52 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */
|
|
|
53 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */
|
|
448
|
54 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
55 scid_T sg_scriptID; /* script in which the group was last set */
|
|
|
56 #endif
|
|
7
|
57 };
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
59 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */
|
|
|
60 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */
|
|
|
61 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */
|
|
|
62 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
64 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
66 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data)))
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
68 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
1322
|
69 /* Flags to indicate an additional string for highlight name completion. */
|
|
|
70 static int include_none = 0; /* when 1 include "None" */
|
|
|
71 static int include_default = 0; /* when 1 include "default" */
|
|
|
72 static int include_link = 0; /* when 2 include "link" and "clear" */
|
|
7
|
73 #endif
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
75 /*
|
|
|
76 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the
|
|
|
77 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!).
|
|
|
78 */
|
|
|
79 static char *(hl_name_table[]) =
|
|
205
|
80 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl",
|
|
|
81 "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"};
|
|
7
|
82 static int hl_attr_table[] =
|
|
205
|
83 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0};
|
|
7
|
84
|
|
|
85 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep));
|
|
|
86 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
87 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
88 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
89 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name));
|
|
|
90 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
91 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id));
|
|
|
92 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link));
|
|
|
93 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
95 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
96 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
97 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
98 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
99 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
100 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
101 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width));
|
|
|
102 # endif
|
|
|
103 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
104 #endif
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 /*
|
|
|
107 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF.
|
|
|
108 */
|
|
|
109 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1)
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
111 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
113 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
115 /* different types of offsets that are possible */
|
|
|
116 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */
|
|
|
117 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */
|
|
|
118 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */
|
|
|
119 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */
|
|
|
120 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */
|
|
|
121 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */
|
|
|
122 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */
|
|
|
123 #define SPO_COUNT 7
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
125 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) =
|
|
|
126 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="};
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
128 /*
|
|
|
129 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern.
|
|
|
130 * A match item consists of one pattern.
|
|
|
131 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns.
|
|
|
132 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m
|
|
|
133 * end patterns.
|
|
|
134 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end.
|
|
|
135 *
|
|
|
136 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end)
|
|
|
137 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end).
|
|
|
138 */
|
|
|
139 typedef struct syn_pattern
|
|
|
140 {
|
|
|
141 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */
|
|
|
142 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */
|
|
|
143 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */
|
|
|
144 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */
|
|
|
145 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */
|
|
|
146 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */
|
|
|
147 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */
|
|
|
148 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */
|
|
|
149 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */
|
|
|
150 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */
|
|
|
151 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
152 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
153 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */
|
|
|
154 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */
|
|
|
155 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */
|
|
|
156 } synpat_T;
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
158 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this:
|
|
|
159 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF)
|
|
|
160 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT))
|
|
|
161 * When both are present, only one is used.
|
|
|
162 */
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
164 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */
|
|
|
165 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */
|
|
|
166 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */
|
|
|
167 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
169 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */
|
|
|
170 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */
|
|
|
171 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */
|
|
|
172 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */
|
|
|
173 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */
|
|
|
174 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */
|
|
|
175 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */
|
|
|
176 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */
|
|
|
177 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */
|
|
|
178 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */
|
|
|
179 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */
|
|
|
180 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */
|
|
|
181 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */
|
|
|
182 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */
|
|
|
183 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */
|
|
|
184 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for
|
|
|
185 * si_flags and bs_flags. */
|
|
|
186 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */
|
|
|
187 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
189 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data))
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
191 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
193 /*
|
|
|
194 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags:
|
|
|
195 */
|
|
|
196 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */
|
|
|
197 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
199 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data))
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
201 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
203 /*
|
|
|
204 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized.
|
|
|
205 */
|
|
|
206 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */
|
|
|
207 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
208 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */
|
|
|
209 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
210 #endif
|
|
|
211
|
|
221
|
212 typedef struct syn_cluster_S
|
|
7
|
213 {
|
|
|
214 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */
|
|
|
215 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */
|
|
|
216 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */
|
|
221
|
217 } syn_cluster_T;
|
|
7
|
218
|
|
|
219 /*
|
|
|
220 * Methods of combining two clusters
|
|
|
221 */
|
|
|
222 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */
|
|
|
223 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */
|
|
|
224 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */
|
|
|
225
|
|
221
|
226 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data))
|
|
7
|
227
|
|
|
228 /*
|
|
|
229 * Syntax group IDs have different types:
|
|
|
230 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups
|
|
|
231 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
232 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
233 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
234 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID)
|
|
|
235 */
|
|
|
236 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */
|
|
|
237 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */
|
|
|
238 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */
|
|
|
239 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
241 /*
|
|
|
242 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to
|
|
|
243 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so
|
|
|
244 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here.
|
|
|
245 */
|
|
|
246 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep;
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
248 /*
|
|
|
249 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d
|
|
|
250 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the
|
|
|
251 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
252 */
|
|
|
253 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
254 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
256 /*
|
|
134
|
257 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry.
|
|
|
258 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item.
|
|
|
259 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer.
|
|
|
260 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
|
261 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
|
262 */
|
|
|
263 static keyentry_T dumkey;
|
|
|
264 #define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword)
|
|
|
265 #define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey)))
|
|
|
266 #define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key)
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
268 /*
|
|
7
|
269 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state
|
|
|
270 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no
|
|
|
271 * "keepend" on the stack.
|
|
|
272 */
|
|
|
273 static int keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
274
|
|
|
275 /*
|
|
|
276 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx.
|
|
|
277 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown.
|
|
|
278 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char)
|
|
|
279 */
|
|
|
280 typedef struct state_item
|
|
|
281 {
|
|
|
282 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern */
|
|
|
283 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */
|
|
|
284 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
285 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */
|
|
|
286 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */
|
|
|
287 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */
|
|
|
288 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
289 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
290 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */
|
|
|
291 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */
|
|
|
292 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */
|
|
|
293 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */
|
|
|
294 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and
|
|
|
295 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */
|
|
|
296 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */
|
|
|
297 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */
|
|
|
298 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start
|
|
|
299 * pattern */
|
|
|
300 } stateitem_T;
|
|
|
301
|
|
|
302 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */
|
|
|
303 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all
|
|
|
304 but contained groups */
|
|
|
305
|
|
|
306 /*
|
|
154
|
307 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used
|
|
|
308 * very often.
|
|
|
309 */
|
|
|
310 typedef struct
|
|
|
311 {
|
|
1222
|
312 int flags; /* flags for contained and transparent */
|
|
154
|
313 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */
|
|
|
314 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL
|
|
|
315 if not allowed */
|
|
|
316 char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */
|
|
|
317 short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */
|
|
|
318 short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */
|
|
|
319 short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
320 } syn_opt_arg_T;
|
|
|
321
|
|
|
322 /*
|
|
7
|
323 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered,
|
|
|
324 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column.
|
|
|
325 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet.
|
|
|
326 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line.
|
|
|
327 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end)
|
|
|
328 */
|
|
|
329 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */
|
|
|
330 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */
|
|
|
331 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */
|
|
|
332 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */
|
|
|
333 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */
|
|
|
334 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */
|
|
|
335 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */
|
|
|
336 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */
|
|
|
337 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */
|
|
|
338 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
340 /*
|
|
|
341 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a
|
|
|
342 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero.
|
|
|
343 */
|
|
|
344 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0)
|
|
|
345 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0)
|
|
|
346
|
|
|
347 /*
|
|
|
348 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine.
|
|
|
349 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid.
|
|
|
350 */
|
|
|
351 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */
|
|
|
352 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */
|
|
|
353 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */
|
|
|
354 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */
|
|
|
355 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state
|
|
|
356 * after setting current_finished */
|
|
|
357 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */
|
|
|
358 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */
|
|
|
359 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
360 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */
|
|
|
361 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */
|
|
|
362 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx]
|
|
|
365
|
|
|
366 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid));
|
|
|
367 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
368 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
369 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline));
|
|
|
370 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
371 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
372 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
373 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
374 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
375 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from));
|
|
|
376 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
377 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
378 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
379 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing));
|
|
221
|
380 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell));
|
|
7
|
381 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap));
|
|
|
382 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
383 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
384 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
385 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
386 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force));
|
|
|
387 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list));
|
|
|
388 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained));
|
|
|
389 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
390 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
391
|
|
|
392 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext));
|
|
|
393 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
394 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
396 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
397 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
398 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
399 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
400 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
401 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
|
|
|
402 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
403 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
419
|
404 static void syn_cmd_spell __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
7
|
405 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
406 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx));
|
|
|
407 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
408 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
409 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
410 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing));
|
|
|
411 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
412 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
413 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
414 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
415 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
416 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name));
|
|
|
417 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
418 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
419 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
420 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only));
|
|
|
421 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
422 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr));
|
|
|
423 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr));
|
|
134
|
424 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr));
|
|
|
425 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
|
426 static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
7
|
427 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list));
|
|
|
428 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end));
|
|
154
|
429 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt));
|
|
7
|
430 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
431 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
432 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
433 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
434 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
435 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
436 #else
|
|
|
437 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
438 #endif
|
|
|
439 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
440 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
441 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len));
|
|
|
442 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len));
|
|
|
443 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
444 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
445 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci));
|
|
|
446 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
447 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list));
|
|
|
448 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op));
|
|
|
449 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp));
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
451 /*
|
|
|
452 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called
|
|
|
453 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line.
|
|
|
454 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get
|
|
|
455 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and
|
|
|
456 * window.
|
|
|
457 */
|
|
|
458 void
|
|
|
459 syntax_start(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
460 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
461 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
462 {
|
|
|
463 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
464 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
465 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
466 synstate_T *sp, *prev;
|
|
|
467 linenr_T parsed_lnum;
|
|
|
468 linenr_T first_stored;
|
|
|
469 int dist;
|
|
26
|
470 static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */
|
|
7
|
471
|
|
|
472 /*
|
|
|
473 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state.
|
|
26
|
474 * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid
|
|
|
475 * then.
|
|
7
|
476 */
|
|
26
|
477 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick)
|
|
7
|
478 {
|
|
|
479 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
480 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
481 }
|
|
26
|
482 changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick;
|
|
7
|
483 syn_win = wp;
|
|
|
484
|
|
|
485 /*
|
|
|
486 * Allocate syntax stack when needed.
|
|
|
487 */
|
|
|
488 syn_stack_alloc();
|
|
|
489 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
410
|
490 return; /* out of memory */
|
|
7
|
491 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick;
|
|
|
492
|
|
|
493 /*
|
|
|
494 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it.
|
|
|
495 */
|
|
|
496 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state)
|
|
|
497 && current_lnum < lnum
|
|
|
498 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
499 {
|
|
|
500 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
501 if (!current_state_stored)
|
|
|
502 {
|
|
|
503 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
504 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
|
505 }
|
|
|
506
|
|
|
507 /*
|
|
|
508 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current
|
|
|
509 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate
|
|
|
510 * current_state and figure it out below.
|
|
|
511 */
|
|
|
512 if (current_lnum != lnum)
|
|
|
513 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
514 }
|
|
|
515 else
|
|
|
516 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
518 /*
|
|
|
519 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
520 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state.
|
|
|
521 */
|
|
|
522 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
523 {
|
|
|
524 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */
|
|
|
525 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
526 {
|
|
|
527 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
528 break;
|
|
|
529 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
530 {
|
|
|
531 last_valid = p;
|
|
|
532 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines)
|
|
|
533 last_min_valid = p;
|
|
|
534 }
|
|
|
535 }
|
|
|
536 if (last_min_valid != NULL)
|
|
|
537 load_current_state(last_min_valid);
|
|
|
538 }
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
540 /*
|
|
|
541 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to
|
|
|
542 * re-synchronize.
|
|
|
543 */
|
|
|
544 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
545 {
|
|
|
546 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid);
|
|
|
547 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines;
|
|
|
548 }
|
|
|
549 else
|
|
|
550 first_stored = current_lnum;
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
552 /*
|
|
|
553 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line.
|
|
|
554 * Save some entries for syncing with later on.
|
|
|
555 */
|
|
819
|
556 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows)
|
|
|
557 dist = 999999;
|
|
|
558 else
|
|
|
559 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
7
|
560 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
561 while (current_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
562 {
|
|
|
563 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
564 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
565 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
567 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid
|
|
|
568 * state, the current state is considered valid. */
|
|
|
569 if (current_lnum >= first_stored)
|
|
|
570 {
|
|
|
571 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is
|
|
|
572 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved
|
|
|
573 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */
|
|
|
574 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
575 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
576 else
|
|
|
577 sp = prev->sst_next;
|
|
|
578 if (sp != NULL
|
|
|
579 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
580 && syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
581 {
|
|
|
582 parsed_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
583 prev = sp;
|
|
|
584 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum)
|
|
|
585 {
|
|
|
586 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
587 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */
|
|
|
588 prev = sp;
|
|
|
589 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
590 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */
|
|
|
591 break;
|
|
|
592 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
593 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
594 }
|
|
|
595 load_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
596 }
|
|
|
597 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line
|
|
|
598 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously
|
|
|
599 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */
|
|
|
600 else if (prev == NULL
|
|
|
601 || current_lnum == lnum
|
|
|
602 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist)
|
|
|
603 prev = store_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
604 }
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
606 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current
|
|
|
607 * state will be wrong then. */
|
|
|
608 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
609 if (got_int)
|
|
|
610 {
|
|
|
611 current_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
612 break;
|
|
|
613 }
|
|
|
614 }
|
|
|
615
|
|
|
616 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
617 }
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
619 /*
|
|
|
620 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we
|
|
|
621 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first.
|
|
|
622 */
|
|
|
623 static void
|
|
|
624 clear_syn_state(p)
|
|
|
625 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
626 {
|
|
|
627 int i;
|
|
|
628 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
629
|
|
|
630 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
631 {
|
|
|
632 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga);
|
|
|
633 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
634 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
635 ga_clear(gap);
|
|
|
636 }
|
|
|
637 else
|
|
|
638 {
|
|
|
639 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++)
|
|
|
640 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
641 }
|
|
|
642 }
|
|
|
643
|
|
|
644 /*
|
|
|
645 * Cleanup the current_state stack.
|
|
|
646 */
|
|
|
647 static void
|
|
|
648 clear_current_state()
|
|
|
649 {
|
|
|
650 int i;
|
|
|
651 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
652
|
|
|
653 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data);
|
|
|
654 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
655 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch);
|
|
|
656 ga_clear(¤t_state);
|
|
|
657 }
|
|
|
658
|
|
|
659 /*
|
|
|
660 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum".
|
|
|
661 *
|
|
|
662 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is
|
|
|
663 * used:
|
|
|
664 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment.
|
|
|
665 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
666 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum".
|
|
|
667 */
|
|
|
668 static void
|
|
|
669 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid)
|
|
|
670 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
671 linenr_T start_lnum;
|
|
|
672 synstate_T *last_valid;
|
|
|
673 {
|
|
|
674 buf_T *curbuf_save;
|
|
|
675 win_T *curwin_save;
|
|
|
676 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
677 int idx;
|
|
|
678 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
679 linenr_T end_lnum;
|
|
|
680 linenr_T break_lnum;
|
|
|
681 int had_sync_point;
|
|
|
682 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
683 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
684 char_u *line;
|
|
|
685 int found_flags = 0;
|
|
|
686 int found_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
687 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
688 int found_current_col= 0;
|
|
|
689 lpos_T found_m_endpos;
|
|
442
|
690 colnr_T prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
691
|
|
|
692 /*
|
|
|
693 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around.
|
|
|
694 */
|
|
|
695 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
696
|
|
|
697 /*
|
|
|
698 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is
|
|
|
699 * there.
|
|
|
700 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in
|
|
|
701 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines,
|
|
|
702 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small.
|
|
|
703 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM.
|
|
|
704 */
|
|
|
705 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum)
|
|
|
706 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
707 else
|
|
|
708 {
|
|
|
709 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1)
|
|
|
710 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
711 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10)
|
|
|
712 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2;
|
|
|
713 else
|
|
|
714 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2;
|
|
|
715 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
716 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
717 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
718 if (lnum >= start_lnum)
|
|
|
719 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
720 else
|
|
|
721 start_lnum -= lnum;
|
|
|
722 }
|
|
|
723 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
724
|
|
|
725 /*
|
|
|
726 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment.
|
|
|
727 */
|
|
|
728 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
729 {
|
|
|
730 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to
|
|
|
731 * use find_start_comment(). */
|
|
|
732 curwin_save = curwin;
|
|
|
733 curwin = wp;
|
|
|
734 curbuf_save = curbuf;
|
|
|
735 curbuf = syn_buf;
|
|
|
736
|
|
|
737 /*
|
|
|
738 * Skip lines that end in a backslash.
|
|
|
739 */
|
|
|
740 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum)
|
|
|
741 {
|
|
|
742 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1);
|
|
|
743 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\')
|
|
|
744 break;
|
|
|
745 }
|
|
|
746 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
748 /* set cursor to start of search */
|
|
|
749 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
|
|
|
750 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
751 wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
752
|
|
|
753 /*
|
|
|
754 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that
|
|
|
755 * defines the comment.
|
|
|
756 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines.
|
|
|
757 */
|
|
|
758 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL)
|
|
|
759 {
|
|
|
760 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
761 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id
|
|
|
762 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
763 {
|
|
|
764 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
765 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK)
|
|
|
766 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
767 break;
|
|
|
768 }
|
|
|
769 }
|
|
|
770
|
|
|
771 /* restore cursor and buffer */
|
|
|
772 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
773 curwin = curwin_save;
|
|
|
774 curbuf = curbuf_save;
|
|
|
775 }
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
777 /*
|
|
|
778 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
779 */
|
|
|
780 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)
|
|
|
781 {
|
|
|
782 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
783 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
784 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
785 else
|
|
|
786 break_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
787
|
|
699
|
788 found_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
789 found_m_endpos.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
790 end_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
791 lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
792 while (--lnum > break_lnum)
|
|
|
793 {
|
|
|
794 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */
|
|
|
795 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
796 if (got_int)
|
|
|
797 {
|
|
|
798 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
799 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
800 break;
|
|
|
801 }
|
|
|
802
|
|
|
803 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */
|
|
|
804 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
805 {
|
|
|
806 load_current_state(last_valid);
|
|
|
807 break;
|
|
|
808 }
|
|
|
809
|
|
|
810 /*
|
|
|
811 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern.
|
|
|
812 */
|
|
|
813 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1))
|
|
|
814 continue;
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
816 /*
|
|
|
817 * Start with nothing on the state stack
|
|
|
818 */
|
|
|
819 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
820
|
|
|
821 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum)
|
|
|
822 {
|
|
|
823 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
824 for (;;)
|
|
|
825 {
|
|
|
826 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE);
|
|
|
827 /*
|
|
|
828 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and
|
|
|
829 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line.
|
|
|
830 */
|
|
|
831 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
832 {
|
|
|
833 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
834 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum)
|
|
|
835 {
|
|
|
836 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */
|
|
|
837 current_lnum = end_lnum;
|
|
|
838 break;
|
|
|
839 }
|
|
|
840 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]);
|
|
|
841 found_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
842 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx;
|
|
|
843 found_current_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
844 found_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
845 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
846 /*
|
|
|
847 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length
|
|
|
848 * match).
|
|
|
849 */
|
|
|
850 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
851 {
|
|
|
852 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
853 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
854 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum)
|
|
|
855 break;
|
|
|
856 }
|
|
|
857 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col)
|
|
|
858 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
859 else
|
|
|
860 ++current_col;
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
862 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for
|
|
442
|
863 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. Be
|
|
|
864 * careful not to go past the NUL. */
|
|
|
865 prev_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
866 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
|
867 ++current_col;
|
|
7
|
868 check_state_ends();
|
|
442
|
869 current_col = prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
870 }
|
|
|
871 else
|
|
|
872 break;
|
|
|
873 }
|
|
|
874 }
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
876 /*
|
|
|
877 * If a sync point was encountered, break here.
|
|
|
878 */
|
|
|
879 if (found_flags)
|
|
|
880 {
|
|
|
881 /*
|
|
|
882 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the
|
|
|
883 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the
|
|
|
884 * state stack empty.
|
|
|
885 */
|
|
|
886 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
887 if (found_match_idx >= 0
|
|
|
888 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
889 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
890
|
|
|
891 /*
|
|
|
892 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point
|
|
|
893 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at
|
|
|
894 * the next line.
|
|
|
895 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum.
|
|
|
896 */
|
|
|
897 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
898 {
|
|
|
899 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
900 {
|
|
|
901 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
902 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum;
|
|
|
903 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col;
|
|
|
904 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
905 check_keepend();
|
|
|
906 }
|
|
|
907 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
908 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
909 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
910 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
911 }
|
|
|
912 else
|
|
|
913 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
914
|
|
|
915 break;
|
|
|
916 }
|
|
|
917
|
|
|
918 end_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
919 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
920 }
|
|
|
921
|
|
|
922 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */
|
|
|
923 if (lnum <= break_lnum)
|
|
|
924 {
|
|
|
925 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
926 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1;
|
|
|
927 }
|
|
|
928 }
|
|
|
929
|
|
|
930 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
931 }
|
|
|
932
|
|
|
933 /*
|
|
|
934 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum".
|
|
|
935 */
|
|
|
936 static int
|
|
|
937 syn_match_linecont(lnum)
|
|
|
938 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
939 {
|
|
|
940 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
941
|
|
|
942 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL)
|
|
|
943 {
|
|
|
944 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic;
|
|
|
945 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog;
|
|
|
946 return syn_regexec(®match, lnum, (colnr_T)0);
|
|
|
947 }
|
|
|
948 return FALSE;
|
|
|
949 }
|
|
|
950
|
|
|
951 /*
|
|
|
952 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line.
|
|
|
953 */
|
|
|
954 static void
|
|
|
955 syn_start_line()
|
|
|
956 {
|
|
|
957 current_finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
958 current_col = 0;
|
|
|
959
|
|
|
960 /*
|
|
|
961 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
962 * previous line and regions that have "keepend".
|
|
|
963 */
|
|
|
964 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
965 syn_update_ends(TRUE);
|
|
|
966
|
|
|
967 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
968 ++current_line_id;
|
|
|
969 }
|
|
|
970
|
|
|
971 /*
|
|
|
972 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated.
|
|
|
973 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated.
|
|
|
974 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated.
|
|
|
975 */
|
|
|
976 static void
|
|
|
977 syn_update_ends(startofline)
|
|
|
978 int startofline;
|
|
|
979 {
|
|
|
980 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
981 int i;
|
|
991
|
982 int seen_keepend;
|
|
7
|
983
|
|
|
984 if (startofline)
|
|
|
985 {
|
|
|
986 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a
|
|
|
987 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */
|
|
|
988 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
989 {
|
|
|
990 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
991 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
992 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type
|
|
|
993 == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
994 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum)
|
|
|
995 {
|
|
|
996 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT;
|
|
|
997 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
998 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0;
|
|
|
999 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
1000 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
1001 }
|
|
|
1002 }
|
|
|
1003 }
|
|
|
1004
|
|
|
1005 /*
|
|
|
1006 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
1007 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may
|
|
991
|
1008 * influence contained items. If we've just removed "extend"
|
|
|
1009 * (startofline == 0) then we should update ends of normal regions
|
|
|
1010 * contained inside "keepend" because "extend" could have extended
|
|
|
1011 * these "keepend" regions as well as contained normal regions.
|
|
7
|
1012 * Then check for items ending in column 0.
|
|
|
1013 */
|
|
|
1014 i = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
1015 if (keepend_level >= 0)
|
|
|
1016 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
1017 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
1018 break;
|
|
991
|
1019
|
|
|
1020 seen_keepend = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
1021 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
1022 {
|
|
|
1023 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1024 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
991
|
1025 || (seen_keepend && !startofline)
|
|
7
|
1026 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline))
|
|
|
1027 {
|
|
|
1028 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */
|
|
|
1029 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1030
|
|
|
1031 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT))
|
|
|
1032 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline);
|
|
991
|
1033
|
|
|
1034 if (!startofline && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
1035 seen_keepend = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
1036 }
|
|
|
1037 }
|
|
|
1038 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1039 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
1040 }
|
|
|
1041
|
|
|
1042 /****************************************
|
|
|
1043 * Handling of the state stack cache.
|
|
|
1044 */
|
|
|
1045
|
|
|
1046 /*
|
|
|
1047 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE
|
|
|
1048 *
|
|
|
1049 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some
|
|
|
1050 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point.
|
|
|
1051 *
|
|
|
1052 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of
|
|
|
1053 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next.
|
|
|
1054 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2
|
|
|
1055 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack).
|
|
|
1056 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid
|
|
|
1057 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often.
|
|
|
1058 *
|
|
|
1059 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling
|
|
|
1060 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call
|
|
|
1061 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached
|
|
|
1062 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed,
|
|
|
1063 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line
|
|
|
1064 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum
|
|
|
1065 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change
|
|
|
1066 * the cached entry.
|
|
|
1067 *
|
|
|
1068 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed
|
|
|
1069 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the
|
|
|
1070 * start of the line is needed.
|
|
|
1071 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These
|
|
|
1072 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between
|
|
|
1073 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers
|
|
|
1074 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed
|
|
|
1075 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed.
|
|
|
1076 */
|
|
|
1077
|
|
|
1078 /*
|
|
|
1079 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf".
|
|
|
1080 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere.
|
|
|
1081 */
|
|
|
1082 void
|
|
|
1083 syn_stack_free_all(buf)
|
|
|
1084 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1085 {
|
|
|
1086 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1087 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1088
|
|
|
1089 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1090 {
|
|
|
1091 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1092 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1093 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1094 buf->b_sst_array = NULL;
|
|
|
1095 buf->b_sst_len = 0;
|
|
|
1096 }
|
|
|
1097 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1098 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */
|
|
|
1099 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
1100 {
|
|
|
1101 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp))
|
|
|
1102 foldUpdateAll(wp);
|
|
|
1103 }
|
|
|
1104 #endif
|
|
|
1105 }
|
|
|
1106
|
|
|
1107 /*
|
|
|
1108 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed.
|
|
|
1109 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too
|
|
|
1110 * small, reallocate it.
|
|
|
1111 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time.
|
|
|
1112 */
|
|
|
1113 static void
|
|
|
1114 syn_stack_alloc()
|
|
|
1115 {
|
|
|
1116 long len;
|
|
|
1117 synstate_T *to, *from;
|
|
|
1118 synstate_T *sstp;
|
|
|
1119
|
|
|
1120 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1121 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1122 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1123 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1124 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1125 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len)
|
|
|
1126 {
|
|
|
1127 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */
|
|
|
1128 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1129 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1130 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1131 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1132 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1133 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1134
|
|
|
1135 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1136 {
|
|
|
1137 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack.
|
|
|
1138 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */
|
|
|
1139 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len
|
|
|
1140 && syn_stack_cleanup())
|
|
|
1141 ;
|
|
|
1142 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2)
|
|
|
1143 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2;
|
|
|
1144 }
|
|
|
1145
|
|
|
1146 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T)));
|
|
|
1147 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
1148 return;
|
|
|
1149
|
|
|
1150 to = sstp - 1;
|
|
|
1151 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1152 {
|
|
|
1153 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */
|
|
|
1154 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL;
|
|
|
1155 from = from->sst_next)
|
|
|
1156 {
|
|
|
1157 ++to;
|
|
|
1158 *to = *from;
|
|
|
1159 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1160 }
|
|
|
1161 }
|
|
|
1162 if (to != sstp - 1)
|
|
|
1163 {
|
|
|
1164 to->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1165 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp;
|
|
|
1166 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1;
|
|
|
1167 }
|
|
|
1168 else
|
|
|
1169 {
|
|
|
1170 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL;
|
|
|
1171 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len;
|
|
|
1172 }
|
|
|
1173
|
|
|
1174 /* Create the list of free entries. */
|
|
|
1175 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1;
|
|
|
1176 while (++to < sstp + len)
|
|
|
1177 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1178 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1179
|
|
|
1180 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1181 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp;
|
|
|
1182 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len;
|
|
|
1183 }
|
|
|
1184 }
|
|
|
1185
|
|
|
1186 /*
|
|
|
1187 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the
|
|
|
1188 * b_mod_* fields.
|
|
|
1189 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each
|
|
|
1190 * displayed buffer.
|
|
|
1191 */
|
|
|
1192 void
|
|
|
1193 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf)
|
|
|
1194 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1195 {
|
|
|
1196 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np;
|
|
|
1197 linenr_T n;
|
|
|
1198
|
|
|
1199 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
1200 return;
|
|
|
1201
|
|
|
1202 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1203 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; )
|
|
|
1204 {
|
|
383
|
1205 if (p->sst_lnum + buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
7
|
1206 {
|
|
|
1207 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1208 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1209 {
|
|
|
1210 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */
|
|
|
1211 np = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1212 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
1213 buf->b_sst_first = np;
|
|
|
1214 else
|
|
|
1215 prev->sst_next = np;
|
|
|
1216 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p);
|
|
|
1217 p = np;
|
|
|
1218 continue;
|
|
|
1219 }
|
|
|
1220 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line
|
|
|
1221 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid
|
|
|
1222 * again. */
|
|
|
1223 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1224 {
|
|
|
1225 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1226 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1227 else
|
|
|
1228 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top;
|
|
|
1229 }
|
|
|
1230 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0
|
|
|
1231 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1232 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot;
|
|
|
1233
|
|
|
1234 p->sst_lnum = n;
|
|
|
1235 }
|
|
|
1236 prev = p;
|
|
|
1237 p = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1238 }
|
|
|
1239 }
|
|
|
1240
|
|
|
1241 /*
|
|
|
1242 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf.
|
|
|
1243 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed.
|
|
|
1244 */
|
|
|
1245 static int
|
|
|
1246 syn_stack_cleanup()
|
|
|
1247 {
|
|
|
1248 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1249 disptick_T tick;
|
|
|
1250 int above;
|
|
|
1251 int dist;
|
|
|
1252 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1253
|
|
|
1254 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL)
|
|
|
1255 return retval;
|
|
|
1256
|
|
|
1257 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */
|
|
819
|
1258 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows)
|
|
|
1259 dist = 999999;
|
|
|
1260 else
|
|
|
1261 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
7
|
1262
|
|
|
1263 /*
|
|
|
1264 * Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can
|
|
|
1265 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above
|
|
|
1266 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around).
|
|
|
1267 */
|
|
|
1268 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick;
|
|
|
1269 above = FALSE;
|
|
|
1270 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1271 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1272 {
|
|
|
1273 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1274 {
|
|
|
1275 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick)
|
|
|
1276 {
|
|
|
1277 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1278 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1279 above = TRUE;
|
|
|
1280 }
|
|
|
1281 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1282 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1283 }
|
|
|
1284 }
|
|
|
1285
|
|
|
1286 /*
|
|
|
1287 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an
|
|
|
1288 * interval of several lines.
|
|
|
1289 */
|
|
|
1290 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1291 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1292 {
|
|
|
1293 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1294 {
|
|
|
1295 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */
|
|
|
1296 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1297 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p);
|
|
|
1298 p = prev;
|
|
|
1299 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1300 }
|
|
|
1301 }
|
|
|
1302 return retval;
|
|
|
1303 }
|
|
|
1304
|
|
|
1305 /*
|
|
|
1306 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item.
|
|
|
1307 * Move the entry into the free list.
|
|
|
1308 */
|
|
|
1309 static void
|
|
|
1310 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p)
|
|
|
1311 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1312 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1313 {
|
|
|
1314 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1315 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1316 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p;
|
|
|
1317 ++buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1318 }
|
|
|
1319
|
|
|
1320 /*
|
|
|
1321 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum".
|
|
|
1322 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum".
|
|
|
1323 */
|
|
|
1324 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1325 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum)
|
|
|
1326 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1327 {
|
|
|
1328 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1329
|
|
|
1330 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1331 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1332 {
|
|
|
1333 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1334 return p;
|
|
|
1335 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
1336 break;
|
|
|
1337 }
|
|
|
1338 return prev;
|
|
|
1339 }
|
|
|
1340
|
|
|
1341 /*
|
|
|
1342 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
1343 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line!
|
|
|
1344 */
|
|
|
1345 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1346 store_current_state(sp)
|
|
|
1347 synstate_T *sp; /* at or before where state is to be saved or
|
|
|
1348 NULL */
|
|
|
1349 {
|
|
|
1350 int i;
|
|
|
1351 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1352 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1353 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
1354
|
|
|
1355 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1356 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1357
|
|
|
1358 /*
|
|
|
1359 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues
|
|
|
1360 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then.
|
|
|
1361 */
|
|
|
1362 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
1363 {
|
|
|
1364 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1365 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1366 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1367 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1368 || (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
1369 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum))
|
|
|
1370 break;
|
|
|
1371 }
|
|
|
1372 if (i >= 0)
|
|
|
1373 {
|
|
|
1374 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1375 {
|
|
|
1376 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */
|
|
|
1377 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp)
|
|
|
1378 /* it's the first entry */
|
|
|
1379 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1380 else
|
|
|
1381 {
|
|
|
1382 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */
|
|
|
1383 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1384 if (p->sst_next == sp)
|
|
|
1385 break;
|
|
840
|
1386 if (p != NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
1387 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
7
|
1388 }
|
|
|
1389 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp);
|
|
|
1390 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1391 }
|
|
|
1392 }
|
|
|
1393 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum)
|
|
|
1394 {
|
|
|
1395 /*
|
|
|
1396 * Add a new entry
|
|
|
1397 */
|
|
|
1398 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */
|
|
|
1399 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1400 {
|
|
|
1401 (void)syn_stack_cleanup();
|
|
|
1402 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */
|
|
|
1403 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1404 }
|
|
|
1405 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */
|
|
|
1406 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1407 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1408 else
|
|
|
1409 {
|
|
|
1410 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used
|
|
|
1411 * list, after *sp */
|
|
|
1412 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1413 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1414 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1415 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1416 {
|
|
|
1417 /* Insert in front of the list */
|
|
|
1418 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1419 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p;
|
|
|
1420 }
|
|
|
1421 else
|
|
|
1422 {
|
|
|
1423 /* insert in list after *sp */
|
|
|
1424 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1425 sp->sst_next = p;
|
|
|
1426 }
|
|
|
1427 sp = p;
|
|
|
1428 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1429 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1430 }
|
|
|
1431 }
|
|
|
1432 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1433 {
|
|
|
1434 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */
|
|
|
1435 clear_syn_state(sp);
|
|
|
1436 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1437 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1438 {
|
|
|
1439 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the
|
|
|
1440 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */
|
|
|
1441 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1);
|
|
|
1442 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1443 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1444 else
|
|
|
1445 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1446 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1447 }
|
|
|
1448 else
|
|
|
1449 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1450 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1451 {
|
|
|
1452 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx;
|
|
|
1453 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags;
|
|
|
1454 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
1455 }
|
|
|
1456 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags;
|
|
|
1457 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list;
|
|
|
1458 sp->sst_tick = display_tick;
|
|
|
1459 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1460 }
|
|
|
1461 current_state_stored = TRUE;
|
|
|
1462 return sp;
|
|
|
1463 }
|
|
|
1464
|
|
|
1465 /*
|
|
|
1466 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state;
|
|
|
1467 */
|
|
|
1468 static void
|
|
|
1469 load_current_state(from)
|
|
|
1470 synstate_T *from;
|
|
|
1471 {
|
|
|
1472 int i;
|
|
|
1473 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1474
|
|
|
1475 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1476 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1477 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1478 if (from->sst_stacksize
|
|
|
1479 && ga_grow(¤t_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL)
|
|
|
1480 {
|
|
|
1481 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1482 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1483 else
|
|
|
1484 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1485 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1486 {
|
|
|
1487 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx;
|
|
|
1488 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags;
|
|
|
1489 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
1490 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
1491 keepend_level = i;
|
|
|
1492 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
1493 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1494 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
1495 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list =
|
|
|
1496 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list;
|
|
|
1497 else
|
|
|
1498 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1499 update_si_attr(i);
|
|
|
1500 }
|
|
|
1501 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize;
|
|
|
1502 }
|
|
|
1503 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list;
|
|
|
1504 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags;
|
|
|
1505 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum;
|
|
|
1506 }
|
|
|
1507
|
|
|
1508 /*
|
|
|
1509 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state.
|
|
|
1510 * Return TRUE when they are equal.
|
|
|
1511 */
|
|
|
1512 static int
|
|
|
1513 syn_stack_equal(sp)
|
|
|
1514 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1515 {
|
|
|
1516 int i, j;
|
|
|
1517 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1518 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx;
|
|
|
1519
|
|
|
1520 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */
|
|
|
1521 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len
|
|
|
1522 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list)
|
|
|
1523 {
|
|
|
1524 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */
|
|
|
1525 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1526 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1527 else
|
|
|
1528 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1529
|
|
|
1530 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
1531 {
|
|
|
1532 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */
|
|
|
1533 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx)
|
|
|
1534 break;
|
|
|
1535 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch)
|
|
|
1536 {
|
|
|
1537 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in
|
|
|
1538 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch
|
|
|
1539 * references are equal. */
|
|
|
1540 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch;
|
|
|
1541 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch;
|
|
|
1542 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are
|
|
|
1543 * different. */
|
|
|
1544 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL)
|
|
|
1545 break;
|
|
|
1546 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j)
|
|
|
1547 {
|
|
|
1548 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be
|
|
|
1549 * equal. */
|
|
|
1550 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j])
|
|
|
1551 {
|
|
|
1552 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the
|
|
|
1553 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when
|
|
|
1554 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */
|
|
|
1555 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL
|
|
|
1556 || six->matches[j] == NULL)
|
|
|
1557 break;
|
|
|
1558 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic
|
|
|
1559 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j],
|
|
|
1560 six->matches[j]) != 0
|
|
|
1561 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0)
|
|
|
1562 break;
|
|
|
1563 }
|
|
|
1564 }
|
|
|
1565 if (j != NSUBEXP)
|
|
|
1566 break;
|
|
|
1567 }
|
|
|
1568 }
|
|
|
1569 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
1570 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1571 }
|
|
|
1572 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1573 }
|
|
|
1574
|
|
|
1575 /*
|
|
|
1576 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below
|
|
|
1577 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below
|
|
|
1578 * the last parsed line.
|
|
|
1579 * The window looks like this:
|
|
|
1580 * line which changed
|
|
|
1581 * displayed line
|
|
|
1582 * displayed line
|
|
|
1583 * lnum -> line below window
|
|
|
1584 */
|
|
|
1585 void
|
|
|
1586 syntax_end_parsing(lnum)
|
|
|
1587 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1588 {
|
|
|
1589 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1590
|
|
|
1591 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1592 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
1593 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1594
|
|
|
1595 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
1596 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
1597 }
|
|
|
1598
|
|
|
1599 /*
|
|
|
1600 * End of handling of the state stack.
|
|
|
1601 ****************************************/
|
|
|
1602
|
|
|
1603 static void
|
|
|
1604 invalidate_current_state()
|
|
|
1605 {
|
|
|
1606 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1607 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */
|
|
|
1608 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1609 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1610 }
|
|
|
1611
|
|
|
1612 static void
|
|
|
1613 validate_current_state()
|
|
|
1614 {
|
|
|
1615 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T);
|
|
|
1616 current_state.ga_growsize = 3;
|
|
|
1617 }
|
|
|
1618
|
|
|
1619 /*
|
|
|
1620 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time.
|
|
|
1621 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous
|
|
|
1622 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too.
|
|
|
1623 */
|
|
|
1624 int
|
|
|
1625 syntax_check_changed(lnum)
|
|
|
1626 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1627 {
|
|
|
1628 int retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1629 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1630
|
|
|
1631 /*
|
|
|
1632 * Check the state stack when:
|
|
|
1633 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line.
|
|
|
1634 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1635 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1636 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line.
|
|
|
1637 */
|
|
|
1638 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1)
|
|
|
1639 {
|
|
|
1640 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1641 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1642 {
|
|
|
1643 /*
|
|
|
1644 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was
|
|
|
1645 * drawn)
|
|
|
1646 */
|
|
|
1647 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
1648
|
|
|
1649 /*
|
|
|
1650 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of
|
|
|
1651 * the line.
|
|
|
1652 */
|
|
|
1653 if (syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
1654 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1655
|
|
|
1656 /*
|
|
|
1657 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use.
|
|
|
1658 */
|
|
|
1659 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
1660 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
|
1661 }
|
|
|
1662 }
|
|
|
1663
|
|
|
1664 return retval;
|
|
|
1665 }
|
|
|
1666
|
|
|
1667 /*
|
|
|
1668 * Finish the current line.
|
|
|
1669 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of
|
|
|
1670 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state
|
|
|
1671 * is valid.
|
|
|
1672 */
|
|
|
1673 static int
|
|
|
1674 syn_finish_line(syncing)
|
|
|
1675 int syncing; /* called for syncing */
|
|
|
1676 {
|
|
|
1677 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
442
|
1678 colnr_T prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
1679
|
|
|
1680 if (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1681 {
|
|
|
1682 while (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1683 {
|
|
221
|
1684 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
7
|
1685 /*
|
|
|
1686 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item.
|
|
|
1687 */
|
|
|
1688 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1689 {
|
|
|
1690 /*
|
|
|
1691 * Check for match with sync item.
|
|
|
1692 */
|
|
|
1693 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1694 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
1695 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags
|
|
|
1696 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)))
|
|
|
1697 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1698
|
|
|
1699 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item
|
|
442
|
1700 * that ends here, need to do that now. Be careful not to go
|
|
|
1701 * past the NUL. */
|
|
|
1702 prev_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
1703 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
|
1704 ++current_col;
|
|
7
|
1705 check_state_ends();
|
|
442
|
1706 current_col = prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
1707 }
|
|
|
1708 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1709 }
|
|
|
1710 }
|
|
|
1711 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1712 }
|
|
|
1713
|
|
|
1714 /*
|
|
|
1715 * Return highlight attributes for next character.
|
|
|
1716 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line.
|
|
|
1717 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each
|
|
|
1718 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the
|
|
|
1719 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed.
|
|
221
|
1720 * When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be
|
|
|
1721 * done.
|
|
7
|
1722 */
|
|
|
1723 int
|
|
221
|
1724 get_syntax_attr(col, can_spell)
|
|
7
|
1725 colnr_T col;
|
|
221
|
1726 int *can_spell;
|
|
7
|
1727 {
|
|
|
1728 int attr = 0;
|
|
|
1729
|
|
|
1730 /* check for out of memory situation */
|
|
|
1731 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
|
1732 return 0;
|
|
|
1733
|
|
419
|
1734 /* After 'synmaxcol' the attribute is always zero. */
|
|
431
|
1735 if (syn_buf->b_p_smc > 0 && col >= (colnr_T)syn_buf->b_p_smc)
|
|
419
|
1736 {
|
|
|
1737 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1738 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1739 current_id = 0;
|
|
|
1740 current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
1741 #endif
|
|
|
1742 return 0;
|
|
|
1743 }
|
|
|
1744
|
|
7
|
1745 /* Make sure current_state is valid */
|
|
|
1746 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
1747 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1748
|
|
|
1749 /*
|
|
|
1750 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col".
|
|
|
1751 */
|
|
|
1752 while (current_col <= col)
|
|
|
1753 {
|
|
221
|
1754 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell);
|
|
7
|
1755 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1756 }
|
|
|
1757
|
|
|
1758 return attr;
|
|
|
1759 }
|
|
|
1760
|
|
|
1761 /*
|
|
|
1762 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col.
|
|
|
1763 */
|
|
|
1764 static int
|
|
221
|
1765 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell)
|
|
7
|
1766 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */
|
|
|
1767 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */
|
|
221
|
1768 int *can_spell; /* return: do spell checking */
|
|
7
|
1769 {
|
|
|
1770 int syn_id;
|
|
|
1771 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */
|
|
|
1772 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */
|
|
|
1773 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
1774 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */
|
|
|
1775 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */
|
|
|
1776 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */
|
|
|
1777 int idx;
|
|
|
1778 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
221
|
1779 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip = NULL;
|
|
7
|
1780 int startcol;
|
|
|
1781 int endcol;
|
|
|
1782 long flags;
|
|
|
1783 short *next_list;
|
|
|
1784 int found_match; /* found usable match */
|
|
|
1785 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */
|
|
|
1786 int do_keywords;
|
|
|
1787 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
1788 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
1789 int lc_col;
|
|
|
1790 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
1791 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after
|
|
|
1792 looking for a pattern match! */
|
|
|
1793
|
|
|
1794 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
1795 int keep_next_list;
|
|
|
1796 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1797 garray_T zero_width_next_ga;
|
|
|
1798
|
|
|
1799 /*
|
|
|
1800 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line?
|
|
|
1801 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region).
|
|
|
1802 */
|
|
|
1803 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1804 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0)
|
|
|
1805 {
|
|
|
1806 /*
|
|
|
1807 * If we found a match after the last column, use it.
|
|
|
1808 */
|
|
|
1809 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col
|
|
|
1810 && next_match_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
1811 (void)push_next_match(NULL);
|
|
|
1812
|
|
|
1813 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1814 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1815 return 0;
|
|
|
1816 }
|
|
|
1817
|
|
|
1818 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */
|
|
|
1819 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL)
|
|
|
1820 {
|
|
|
1821 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1822 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1823 }
|
|
|
1824
|
|
|
1825 /*
|
|
|
1826 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used
|
|
|
1827 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in
|
|
|
1828 * the next column.
|
|
|
1829 */
|
|
|
1830 if (try_next_column)
|
|
|
1831 {
|
|
|
1832 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
1833 try_next_column = FALSE;
|
|
|
1834 }
|
|
|
1835
|
|
|
1836 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */
|
|
|
1837 do_keywords = !syncing
|
|
134
|
1838 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|
1839 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
7
|
1840
|
|
|
1841 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to
|
|
|
1842 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */
|
|
|
1843 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10);
|
|
|
1844
|
|
|
1845 /*
|
|
|
1846 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the
|
|
|
1847 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current
|
|
|
1848 * column.
|
|
|
1849 */
|
|
|
1850 do
|
|
|
1851 {
|
|
|
1852 found_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
1853 keep_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1854 syn_id = 0;
|
|
|
1855
|
|
|
1856 /*
|
|
|
1857 * 1. Check for a current state.
|
|
|
1858 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may
|
|
|
1859 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns.
|
|
|
1860 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the
|
|
|
1861 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!).
|
|
|
1862 */
|
|
|
1863 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1864 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1865 else
|
|
|
1866 cur_si = NULL;
|
|
|
1867
|
|
|
1868 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1869 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
1870 {
|
|
|
1871 /*
|
|
|
1872 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword
|
|
|
1873 * char. Don't do this when syncing.
|
|
|
1874 */
|
|
|
1875 if (do_keywords)
|
|
|
1876 {
|
|
|
1877 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1878 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf)
|
|
|
1879 && (current_col == 0
|
|
|
1880 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1
|
|
|
1881 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1882 - (has_mbyte
|
|
|
1883 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1)
|
|
|
1884 : 0)
|
|
|
1885 #endif
|
|
|
1886 , syn_buf)))
|
|
|
1887 {
|
|
|
1888 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col,
|
|
|
1889 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si);
|
|
205
|
1890 if (syn_id != 0)
|
|
7
|
1891 {
|
|
|
1892 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK)
|
|
|
1893 {
|
|
|
1894 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1895 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
1896 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1897 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */
|
|
|
1898 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1899 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1900 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1901 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1902 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
1903 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
1904 cur_si->si_flags = flags;
|
|
|
1905 cur_si->si_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1906 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1907 if (flags & HL_TRANSP)
|
|
|
1908 {
|
|
|
1909 if (current_state.ga_len < 2)
|
|
|
1910 {
|
|
|
1911 cur_si->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
1912 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
1913 }
|
|
|
1914 else
|
|
|
1915 {
|
|
|
1916 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1917 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr;
|
|
|
1918 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1919 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id;
|
|
|
1920 }
|
|
|
1921 }
|
|
|
1922 else
|
|
|
1923 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id);
|
|
|
1924 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1925 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list;
|
|
|
1926 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1927 }
|
|
|
1928 else
|
|
|
1929 vim_free(next_list);
|
|
|
1930 }
|
|
|
1931 }
|
|
|
1932 }
|
|
|
1933
|
|
|
1934 /*
|
|
205
|
1935 * 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found).
|
|
7
|
1936 */
|
|
|
1937 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len)
|
|
|
1938 {
|
|
|
1939 /*
|
|
|
1940 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check
|
|
|
1941 * for any match with a pattern.
|
|
|
1942 */
|
|
|
1943 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col)
|
|
|
1944 {
|
|
|
1945 /*
|
|
|
1946 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this
|
|
|
1947 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a
|
|
|
1948 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to
|
|
|
1949 * avoid doing it when it's not needed.
|
|
|
1950 */
|
|
|
1951 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */
|
|
|
1952 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1953 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
1954 {
|
|
|
1955 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
1956 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing
|
|
|
1957 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY))
|
|
|
1958 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
1959 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
1960 && (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
1961 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list,
|
|
|
1962 &spp->sp_syn, 0)
|
|
|
1963 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1964 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
1965 : in_id_list(cur_si,
|
|
|
1966 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn,
|
|
|
1967 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
|
|
|
1968 {
|
|
|
1969 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and
|
|
|
1970 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip
|
|
|
1971 * this item. */
|
|
|
1972 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id
|
|
|
1973 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
1974 continue;
|
|
|
1975 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id;
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
1977 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
1978 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
1979 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
1980
|
|
|
1981 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
1982 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
1983 if (!syn_regexec(®match, current_lnum,
|
|
|
1984 (colnr_T)lc_col))
|
|
|
1985 {
|
|
|
1986 /* no match in this line, try another one */
|
|
|
1987 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1988 continue;
|
|
|
1989 }
|
|
|
1990
|
|
|
1991 /*
|
|
|
1992 * Compute the first column of the match.
|
|
|
1993 */
|
|
|
1994 syn_add_start_off(&pos, ®match,
|
|
|
1995 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
1996 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
1997 {
|
|
|
1998 /* must have used end of match in a next line,
|
|
|
1999 * we can't handle that */
|
|
|
2000 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
2001 continue;
|
|
|
2002 }
|
|
|
2003 startcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005 /* remember the next column where this pattern
|
|
|
2006 * matches in the current line */
|
|
|
2007 spp->sp_startcol = startcol;
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009 /*
|
|
|
2010 * If a previously found match starts at a lower
|
|
|
2011 * column number, don't use this one.
|
|
|
2012 */
|
|
|
2013 if (startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
2014 continue;
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
2016 /*
|
|
|
2017 * If we matched this pattern at this position
|
|
|
2018 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next
|
|
|
2019 * column, because it may match from there.
|
|
|
2020 */
|
|
|
2021 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga))
|
|
|
2022 {
|
|
|
2023 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
2024 continue;
|
|
|
2025 }
|
|
|
2026
|
|
|
2027 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2028 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2029
|
|
|
2030 /* Compute the highlight start. */
|
|
|
2031 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, ®match,
|
|
|
2032 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
2033
|
|
|
2034 /* Compute the region start. */
|
|
|
2035 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */
|
|
|
2036 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, ®match,
|
|
|
2037 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2038
|
|
|
2039 /*
|
|
|
2040 * Grab the external submatches before they get
|
|
|
2041 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change.
|
|
|
2042 */
|
|
|
2043 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2044 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out;
|
|
|
2045 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2046
|
|
|
2047 flags = 0;
|
|
|
2048 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */
|
|
|
2049 eoe_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2050 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2051 hl_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2052
|
|
|
2053 /*
|
|
|
2054 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the
|
|
|
2055 * same line too. Search for it after the end of
|
|
|
2056 * the match with the start pattern. Set the
|
|
|
2057 * resulting end positions at the same time.
|
|
|
2058 */
|
|
|
2059 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2060 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2061 {
|
|
|
2062 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2063
|
|
|
2064 startpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2065 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2066 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2067 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2068 continue; /* not found */
|
|
|
2069 }
|
|
|
2070
|
|
|
2071 /*
|
|
|
2072 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the
|
|
|
2073 * end offset needs has been added. Except when
|
|
|
2074 * syncing.
|
|
|
2075 */
|
|
|
2076 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
2077 {
|
|
|
2078 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2079 SPO_HE_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2080 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2081 SPO_ME_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2082 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2083 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol)
|
|
|
2084 {
|
|
|
2085 /*
|
|
|
2086 * If an empty string is matched, may need
|
|
|
2087 * to try matching again at next column.
|
|
|
2088 */
|
|
|
2089 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2090 == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2091 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
2092 continue;
|
|
|
2093 }
|
|
|
2094 }
|
|
|
2095
|
|
|
2096 /*
|
|
|
2097 * keep the best match so far in next_match_*
|
|
|
2098 */
|
|
|
2099 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end
|
|
|
2100 * before endpos. */
|
|
|
2101 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2102 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol)
|
|
|
2103 hl_startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2104 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos);
|
|
|
2105
|
|
|
2106 next_match_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2107 next_match_col = startcol;
|
|
|
2108 next_match_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2109 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2110 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos;
|
|
|
2111 next_match_flags = flags;
|
|
|
2112 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos;
|
|
|
2113 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2114 next_match_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2115 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2116 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch;
|
|
|
2117 cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
2118 }
|
|
|
2119 }
|
|
|
2120 }
|
|
|
2121
|
|
|
2122 /*
|
|
|
2123 * If we found a match at the current column, use it.
|
|
|
2124 */
|
|
|
2125 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col)
|
|
|
2126 {
|
|
|
2127 synpat_T *lspp;
|
|
|
2128
|
|
|
2129 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup,
|
|
|
2130 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */
|
|
|
2131 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2132 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2133 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col
|
|
|
2134 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
2135 {
|
|
|
2136 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2137 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2138 keep_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2139 zero_width_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2140
|
|
|
2141 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check
|
|
|
2142 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an
|
|
|
2143 * endless loop). */
|
|
|
2144 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK)
|
|
|
2145 {
|
|
|
2146 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data))
|
|
|
2147 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx;
|
|
|
2148 }
|
|
|
2149 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2150 }
|
|
|
2151 else
|
|
|
2152 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si);
|
|
|
2153 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2154 }
|
|
|
2155 }
|
|
|
2156 }
|
|
|
2157
|
|
|
2158 /*
|
|
|
2159 * Handle searching for nextgroup match.
|
|
|
2160 */
|
|
|
2161 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list)
|
|
|
2162 {
|
|
|
2163 /*
|
|
|
2164 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if:
|
|
|
2165 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given
|
|
|
2166 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given
|
|
|
2167 */
|
|
|
2168 if (!found_match)
|
|
|
2169 {
|
|
|
2170 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
2171 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
2172 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col]))
|
|
|
2173 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
2174 && *line == NUL))
|
|
|
2175 break;
|
|
|
2176 }
|
|
|
2177
|
|
|
2178 /*
|
|
|
2179 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for
|
|
|
2180 * contained matches.
|
|
|
2181 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal
|
|
|
2182 * match.
|
|
|
2183 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no
|
|
|
2184 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck).
|
|
|
2185 */
|
|
|
2186 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2187 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2188 if (!zero_width_next_list)
|
|
|
2189 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2190 }
|
|
|
2191
|
|
|
2192 } while (found_match);
|
|
|
2193
|
|
|
2194 /*
|
|
|
2195 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting.
|
|
|
2196 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc.
|
|
|
2197 */
|
|
|
2198 current_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2199 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2200 current_id = 0;
|
|
|
2201 current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2202 #endif
|
|
|
2203 if (cur_si != NULL)
|
|
|
2204 {
|
|
221
|
2205 #ifndef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2206 int current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2207 #endif
|
|
7
|
2208 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx)
|
|
|
2209 {
|
|
|
2210 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2211 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2212 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2213 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col))
|
|
|
2214 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2215 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2216 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2217 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col)))
|
|
|
2218 {
|
|
|
2219 current_attr = sip->si_attr;
|
|
|
2220 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2221 current_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
221
|
2222 #endif
|
|
7
|
2223 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id;
|
|
|
2224 break;
|
|
|
2225 }
|
|
|
2226 }
|
|
|
2227
|
|
221
|
2228 if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
|
2229 {
|
|
|
2230 struct sp_syn sps;
|
|
|
2231
|
|
|
2232 /*
|
|
|
2233 * set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be
|
|
|
2234 * done in the current item.
|
|
|
2235 */
|
|
|
2236 if (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
|
227
|
2237 {
|
|
320
|
2238 /* There is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without
|
|
|
2239 * @NoSpell cluster. */
|
|
227
|
2240 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0 || current_trans_id == 0)
|
|
419
|
2241 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell != SYNSPL_NOTOP);
|
|
227
|
2242 else
|
|
|
2243 {
|
|
|
2244 sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
2245 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2246 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2247 *can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
|
2248 }
|
|
|
2249 }
|
|
221
|
2250 else
|
|
|
2251 {
|
|
320
|
2252 /* The @Spell cluster is defined: Do spelling in items with
|
|
419
|
2253 * the @Spell cluster. But not when @NoSpell is also there.
|
|
|
2254 * At the toplevel only spell check when ":syn spell toplevel"
|
|
|
2255 * was used. */
|
|
320
|
2256 if (current_trans_id == 0)
|
|
419
|
2257 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
|
|
320
|
2258 else
|
|
|
2259 {
|
|
|
2260 sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
2261 sps.id = syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2262 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2263 *can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
|
2264
|
|
|
2265 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id != 0)
|
|
|
2266 {
|
|
|
2267 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2268 if (in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0))
|
|
|
2269 *can_spell = FALSE;
|
|
|
2270 }
|
|
|
2271 }
|
|
221
|
2272 }
|
|
|
2273 }
|
|
|
2274
|
|
|
2275
|
|
7
|
2276 /*
|
|
|
2277 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the
|
|
|
2278 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a
|
|
|
2279 * single character match.
|
|
|
2280 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It
|
|
|
2281 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the
|
|
|
2282 * current column.
|
|
|
2283 */
|
|
|
2284 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
2285 {
|
|
|
2286 check_state_ends();
|
|
442
|
2287 if (current_state.ga_len > 0
|
|
|
2288 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
7
|
2289 {
|
|
|
2290 ++current_col;
|
|
|
2291 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
2292 --current_col;
|
|
|
2293 }
|
|
|
2294 }
|
|
|
2295 }
|
|
221
|
2296 else if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
419
|
2297 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
|
|
|
2298 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
|
|
|
2299 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
|
|
|
2300 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
|
|
2301 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
|
|
7
|
2302
|
|
|
2303 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */
|
|
|
2304 if (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
2305 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL
|
|
|
2306 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)))
|
|
|
2307 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2308
|
|
|
2309 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2310 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga);
|
|
|
2311
|
|
|
2312 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */
|
|
|
2313 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out);
|
|
|
2314 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2315 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2316
|
|
|
2317 return current_attr;
|
|
|
2318 }
|
|
|
2319
|
|
|
2320
|
|
|
2321 /*
|
|
|
2322 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column.
|
|
|
2323 */
|
|
|
2324 static int
|
|
|
2325 did_match_already(idx, gap)
|
|
|
2326 int idx;
|
|
|
2327 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
2328 {
|
|
|
2329 int i;
|
|
|
2330
|
|
|
2331 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2332 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col
|
|
|
2333 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum
|
|
|
2334 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx)
|
|
|
2335 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2336
|
|
|
2337 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax
|
|
|
2338 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */
|
|
|
2339 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2340 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx)
|
|
|
2341 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2342
|
|
|
2343 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2344 }
|
|
|
2345
|
|
|
2346 /*
|
|
|
2347 * Push the next match onto the stack.
|
|
|
2348 */
|
|
|
2349 static stateitem_T *
|
|
|
2350 push_next_match(cur_si)
|
|
|
2351 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2352 {
|
|
|
2353 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2354
|
|
|
2355 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2356
|
|
|
2357 /*
|
|
|
2358 * Push the item in current_state stack;
|
|
|
2359 */
|
|
|
2360 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2361 {
|
|
|
2362 /*
|
|
|
2363 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how
|
|
|
2364 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length.
|
|
|
2365 */
|
|
|
2366 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2367 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2368 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2369 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2370 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2371 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2372 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2373 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2374 {
|
|
|
2375 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */
|
|
|
2376 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE);
|
|
|
2377 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2378 }
|
|
|
2379 else
|
|
|
2380 {
|
|
|
2381 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2382 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos;
|
|
|
2383 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2384 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags;
|
|
|
2385 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2386 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx;
|
|
|
2387 }
|
|
|
2388 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
2389 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
2390 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2391 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2392
|
|
|
2393 /*
|
|
|
2394 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item
|
|
|
2395 * on the stack for the start pattern.
|
|
|
2396 */
|
|
|
2397 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2398 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0
|
|
|
2399 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2400 {
|
|
|
2401 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2402 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2403 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2404 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2405 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2406 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2407 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2408 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2409 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2410 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2411 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2412 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2413 }
|
|
|
2414 }
|
|
|
2415
|
|
|
2416 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */
|
|
|
2417
|
|
|
2418 return cur_si;
|
|
|
2419 }
|
|
|
2420
|
|
|
2421 /*
|
|
|
2422 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it).
|
|
|
2423 */
|
|
|
2424 static void
|
|
|
2425 check_state_ends()
|
|
|
2426 {
|
|
|
2427 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2428 int had_extend = FALSE;
|
|
|
2429
|
|
|
2430 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2431 for (;;)
|
|
|
2432 {
|
|
|
2433 if (cur_si->si_ends
|
|
|
2434 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum
|
|
|
2435 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2436 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col)))
|
|
|
2437 {
|
|
|
2438 /*
|
|
|
2439 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern
|
|
|
2440 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack.
|
|
|
2441 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current
|
|
|
2442 * position.
|
|
|
2443 */
|
|
|
2444 if (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
2445 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum
|
|
|
2446 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2447 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col)))
|
|
|
2448 {
|
|
|
2449 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx;
|
|
|
2450 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2451 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2452 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2453 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2454 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
36
|
2455
|
|
|
2456 /* what matches next may be different now, clear it */
|
|
|
2457 next_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2458 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
7
|
2459 break;
|
|
|
2460 }
|
|
|
2461 else
|
|
|
2462 {
|
|
|
2463 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or
|
|
|
2464 * "skipempty" */
|
|
|
2465 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list;
|
|
|
2466 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags;
|
|
|
2467 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))
|
|
|
2468 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2469 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2470
|
|
|
2471 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with
|
|
|
2472 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */
|
|
|
2473 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2474 had_extend = TRUE;
|
|
|
2475
|
|
|
2476 pop_current_state();
|
|
|
2477
|
|
|
2478 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2479 break;
|
|
|
2480
|
|
|
2481 if (had_extend)
|
|
|
2482 {
|
|
|
2483 syn_update_ends(FALSE);
|
|
|
2484 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2485 break;
|
|
|
2486 }
|
|
|
2487
|
|
|
2488 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2489
|
|
|
2490 /*
|
|
|
2491 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after
|
|
|
2492 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match
|
|
|
2493 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues.
|
|
|
2494 * Don't do this when:
|
|
|
2495 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item
|
|
|
2496 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1).
|
|
|
2497 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set)
|
|
|
2498 */
|
|
|
2499 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
2500 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type
|
|
|
2501 == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2502 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND)))
|
|
|
2503 {
|
|
|
2504 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
2505 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2506 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL)
|
|
|
2507 && keepend_level < 0
|
|
|
2508 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2509 break;
|
|
|
2510 }
|
|
|
2511 }
|
|
|
2512 }
|
|
|
2513 else
|
|
|
2514 break;
|
|
|
2515 }
|
|
|
2516 }
|
|
|
2517
|
|
|
2518 /*
|
|
|
2519 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This
|
|
|
2520 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list.
|
|
|
2521 */
|
|
|
2522 static void
|
|
|
2523 update_si_attr(idx)
|
|
|
2524 int idx;
|
|
|
2525 {
|
|
|
2526 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2527 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2528
|
|
|
2529 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]);
|
|
|
2530 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2531 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
2532 else
|
|
|
2533 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id;
|
|
|
2534 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id);
|
|
|
2535 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
|
2536 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2537 sip->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2538 else
|
|
|
2539 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list;
|
|
|
2540
|
|
|
2541 /*
|
|
|
2542 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item.
|
|
|
2543 * Also take cont_list, if there is none.
|
|
|
2544 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern.
|
|
|
2545 */
|
|
|
2546 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
|
2547 {
|
|
|
2548 if (idx == 0)
|
|
|
2549 {
|
|
|
2550 sip->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2551 sip->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2552 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2553 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL;
|
|
|
2554 }
|
|
|
2555 else
|
|
|
2556 {
|
|
|
2557 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr;
|
|
|
2558 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id;
|
|
36
|
2559 sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2560 sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos;
|
|
7
|
2561 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2562 {
|
|
|
2563 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT;
|
|
|
2564 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list;
|
|
|
2565 }
|
|
|
2566 }
|
|
|
2567 }
|
|
|
2568 }
|
|
|
2569
|
|
|
2570 /*
|
|
|
2571 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag.
|
|
|
2572 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found.
|
|
|
2573 */
|
|
|
2574 static void
|
|
|
2575 check_keepend()
|
|
|
2576 {
|
|
|
2577 int i;
|
|
|
2578 lpos_T maxpos;
|
|
991
|
2579 lpos_T maxpos_h;
|
|
7
|
2580 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2581
|
|
|
2582 /*
|
|
|
2583 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where
|
|
|
2584 * there really is a keepend.
|
|
|
2585 */
|
|
|
2586 if (keepend_level < 0)
|
|
|
2587 return;
|
|
|
2588
|
|
|
2589 /*
|
|
|
2590 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that
|
|
|
2591 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be
|
|
|
2592 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally.
|
|
|
2593 */
|
|
|
2594 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
2595 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2596 break;
|
|
|
2597
|
|
|
2598 maxpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
991
|
2599 maxpos_h.lnum = 0;
|
|
7
|
2600 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2601 {
|
|
|
2602 sip = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
2603 if (maxpos.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
2604 {
|
|
|
2605 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
991
|
2606 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos_h);
|
|
7
|
2607 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2608 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2609 }
|
|
991
|
2610 if (sip->si_ends && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
2611 {
|
|
|
2612 if (maxpos.lnum == 0
|
|
7
|
2613 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2614 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
991
|
2615 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col))
|
|
|
2616 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2617 if (maxpos_h.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2618 || maxpos_h.lnum > sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2619 || (maxpos_h.lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2620 && maxpos_h.col > sip->si_h_endpos.col))
|
|
|
2621 maxpos_h = sip->si_h_endpos;
|
|
|
2622 }
|
|
7
|
2623 }
|
|
|
2624 }
|
|
|
2625
|
|
|
2626 /*
|
|
|
2627 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern.
|
|
|
2628 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line.
|
|
|
2629 *
|
|
|
2630 * Return the flags for the matched END.
|
|
|
2631 */
|
|
|
2632 static void
|
|
|
2633 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force)
|
|
|
2634 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2635 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */
|
|
|
2636 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */
|
|
|
2637 {
|
|
|
2638 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2639 lpos_T endpos;
|
|
|
2640 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2641 lpos_T end_endpos;
|
|
|
2642 int end_idx;
|
|
|
2643
|
|
|
2644 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern
|
|
|
2645 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend"
|
|
|
2646 * from a containing item. */
|
|
|
2647 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum)
|
|
|
2648 return;
|
|
|
2649
|
|
|
2650 /*
|
|
|
2651 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next
|
|
|
2652 * line.
|
|
|
2653 */
|
|
|
2654 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2655 startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2656 startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2657 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2658 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2659
|
|
|
2660 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2661 {
|
|
|
2662 /* No end pattern matched. */
|
|
|
2663 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)
|
|
|
2664 {
|
|
|
2665 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2666 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2667 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2668 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline());
|
|
|
2669 }
|
|
|
2670 else
|
|
|
2671 {
|
|
|
2672 /* continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2673 sip->si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
2674 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2675 }
|
|
|
2676 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2677 }
|
|
|
2678 else
|
|
|
2679 {
|
|
|
2680 /* match within this line */
|
|
|
2681 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2682 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2683 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos;
|
|
|
2684 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2685 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2686 }
|
|
|
2687 }
|
|
|
2688
|
|
|
2689 /*
|
|
|
2690 * Add a new state to the current state stack.
|
|
|
2691 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx".
|
|
|
2692 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory).
|
|
|
2693 */
|
|
|
2694 static int
|
|
|
2695 push_current_state(idx)
|
|
|
2696 int idx;
|
|
|
2697 {
|
|
|
2698 if (ga_grow(¤t_state, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2699 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2700 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T));
|
|
|
2701 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2702 ++current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2703 return OK;
|
|
|
2704 }
|
|
|
2705
|
|
|
2706 /*
|
|
|
2707 * Remove a state from the current_state stack.
|
|
|
2708 */
|
|
|
2709 static void
|
|
|
2710 pop_current_state()
|
|
|
2711 {
|
|
|
2712 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2713 {
|
|
|
2714 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2715 --current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2716 }
|
|
|
2717 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */
|
|
|
2718 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2719
|
|
|
2720 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */
|
|
|
2721 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2722 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
2723 }
|
|
|
2724
|
|
|
2725 /*
|
|
|
2726 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos".
|
|
|
2727 * Only checks one line.
|
|
|
2728 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line.
|
|
|
2729 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum
|
|
|
2730 * will be 0.
|
|
|
2731 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is
|
|
|
2732 * computed.
|
|
|
2733 */
|
|
|
2734 static void
|
|
|
2735 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos,
|
|
|
2736 end_idx, start_ext)
|
|
|
2737 int idx; /* index of the pattern */
|
|
|
2738 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */
|
|
|
2739 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */
|
|
|
2740 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */
|
|
|
2741 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */
|
|
|
2742 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */
|
|
|
2743 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */
|
|
|
2744 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */
|
|
|
2745 {
|
|
|
2746 colnr_T matchcol;
|
|
|
2747 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip;
|
|
|
2748 int start_idx;
|
|
|
2749 int best_idx;
|
|
|
2750 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2751 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */
|
|
|
2752 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
2753 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2754 int had_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2755
|
|
|
2756 /*
|
|
|
2757 * Check for being called with a START pattern.
|
|
|
2758 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it
|
|
|
2759 * contained a region.
|
|
|
2760 */
|
|
|
2761 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2762 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2763 {
|
|
|
2764 *hl_endpos = *startpos;
|
|
|
2765 return;
|
|
|
2766 }
|
|
|
2767
|
|
|
2768 /*
|
|
|
2769 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern.
|
|
|
2770 */
|
|
|
2771 for (;;)
|
|
|
2772 {
|
|
|
2773 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2774 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2775 break;
|
|
|
2776 ++idx;
|
|
|
2777 }
|
|
|
2778
|
|
|
2779 /*
|
|
|
2780 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present)
|
|
|
2781 */
|
|
|
2782 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
2783 {
|
|
|
2784 spp_skip = spp;
|
|
|
2785 ++idx;
|
|
|
2786 }
|
|
|
2787 else
|
|
|
2788 spp_skip = NULL;
|
|
|
2789
|
|
|
2790 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */
|
|
|
2791 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2792 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext);
|
|
|
2793
|
|
|
2794 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */
|
|
|
2795 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */
|
|
|
2796 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */
|
|
|
2797 for (;;)
|
|
|
2798 {
|
|
|
2799 /*
|
|
|
2800 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol".
|
|
|
2801 */
|
|
|
2802 best_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2803 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
2804 {
|
|
|
2805 int lc_col = matchcol;
|
|
|
2806
|
|
|
2807 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2808 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */
|
|
|
2809 break;
|
|
|
2810 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2811 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2812 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2813
|
|
|
2814 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2815 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2816 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col))
|
|
|
2817 {
|
|
|
2818 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2819 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2820 {
|
|
|
2821 best_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2822 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0];
|
|
|
2823 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0];
|
|
|
2824 }
|
|
|
2825 }
|
|
|
2826 }
|
|
|
2827
|
|
|
2828 /*
|
|
|
2829 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the
|
|
|
2830 * item continues until end-of-line.
|
|
|
2831 */
|
|
|
2832 if (best_idx == -1)
|
|
|
2833 break;
|
|
|
2834
|
|
|
2835 /*
|
|
|
2836 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern,
|
|
|
2837 * continue searching after the skip pattern.
|
|
|
2838 */
|
|
|
2839 if (spp_skip != NULL)
|
|
|
2840 {
|
|
|
2841 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2842
|
|
|
2843 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2844 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2845 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2846 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2847 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col)
|
|
|
2848 && regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2849 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2850 {
|
|
|
2851 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */
|
|
|
2852 syn_add_end_off(&pos, ®match, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2853
|
|
|
2854 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no
|
|
|
2855 * match with an end pattern in this line. */
|
|
|
2856 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum)
|
|
|
2857 break;
|
|
|
2858
|
|
|
2859 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
2860
|
|
|
2861 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */
|
|
|
2862 if (pos.col <= matchcol)
|
|
|
2863 ++matchcol;
|
|
|
2864 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2865 matchcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
2866 else
|
|
|
2867 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */
|
|
|
2868 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2869 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col;
|
|
|
2870 ++matchcol)
|
|
|
2871 ;
|
|
|
2872
|
|
|
2873 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */
|
|
|
2874 if (line[matchcol] == NUL)
|
|
|
2875 break;
|
|
|
2876
|
|
|
2877 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */
|
|
|
2878 }
|
|
|
2879 }
|
|
|
2880
|
|
|
2881 /*
|
|
|
2882 * Match from start pattern to end pattern.
|
|
|
2883 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern.
|
|
|
2884 */
|
|
|
2885 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]);
|
|
|
2886 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2887 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2888 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2889 m_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2890
|
|
|
2891 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2892 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2893 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2894 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2895 end_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2896 /* can't end after the match */
|
|
|
2897 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2898
|
|
|
2899 /*
|
|
|
2900 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers.
|
|
|
2901 */
|
|
|
2902 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0)
|
|
|
2903 {
|
|
|
2904 *end_idx = best_idx;
|
|
|
2905 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
2906 {
|
|
|
2907 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2908 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2909 }
|
|
|
2910 else
|
|
|
2911 {
|
|
|
2912 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2913 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2914 }
|
|
|
2915 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF];
|
|
|
2916
|
|
|
2917 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2918 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2919 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2920 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2921 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2922
|
|
|
2923 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned
|
|
|
2924 * into the matchgroup for the end */
|
|
|
2925 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2926 }
|
|
|
2927 else
|
|
|
2928 {
|
|
|
2929 *end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2930 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos;
|
|
|
2931 }
|
|
|
2932
|
|
|
2933 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2934
|
|
|
2935 had_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2936 break;
|
|
|
2937 }
|
|
|
2938
|
|
|
2939 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */
|
|
|
2940 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2941 m_endpos->lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2942
|
|
|
2943 /* Remove external matches. */
|
|
|
2944 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2945 re_extmatch_in = NULL;
|
|
|
2946 }
|
|
|
2947
|
|
|
2948 /*
|
|
|
2949 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit".
|
|
|
2950 */
|
|
|
2951 static void
|
|
|
2952 limit_pos(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2953 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2954 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
2955 {
|
|
|
2956 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum)
|
|
|
2957 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
2958 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col)
|
|
|
2959 pos->col = limit->col;
|
|
|
2960 }
|
|
|
2961
|
|
|
2962 /*
|
|
|
2963 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero.
|
|
|
2964 */
|
|
|
2965 static void
|
|
|
2966 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2967 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2968 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
2969 {
|
|
|
2970 if (pos->lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2971 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
2972 else
|
|
|
2973 limit_pos(pos, limit);
|
|
|
2974 }
|
|
|
2975
|
|
|
2976 /*
|
|
|
2977 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight.
|
|
|
2978 */
|
|
|
2979 static void
|
|
|
2980 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
2981 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
2982 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
2983 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */
|
|
|
2984 int idx; /* index of offset */
|
|
|
2985 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */
|
|
|
2986 {
|
|
|
2987 int col;
|
|
626
|
2988 int len;
|
|
7
|
2989
|
|
|
2990 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx))
|
|
|
2991 {
|
|
|
2992 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2993 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
2994 }
|
|
|
2995 else
|
|
|
2996 {
|
|
|
2997 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2998 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2999 }
|
|
|
3000 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
3001 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
3002 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
3003 else
|
|
626
|
3004 {
|
|
|
3005 /* Don't go past the end of the line. Matters for "rs=e+2" when there
|
|
640
|
3006 * is a matchgroup. Watch out for match with last NL in the buffer. */
|
|
|
3007 if (result->lnum > syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3008 len = 0;
|
|
|
3009 else
|
|
835
|
3010 len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE));
|
|
626
|
3011 if (col > len)
|
|
|
3012 result->col = len;
|
|
|
3013 else
|
|
|
3014 result->col = col;
|
|
|
3015 }
|
|
7
|
3016 }
|
|
|
3017
|
|
|
3018 /*
|
|
|
3019 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight.
|
|
|
3020 * Avoid resulting column to become negative.
|
|
|
3021 */
|
|
|
3022 static void
|
|
|
3023 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
3024 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
3025 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
3026 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3027 int idx;
|
|
|
3028 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */
|
|
|
3029 {
|
|
|
3030 int col;
|
|
|
3031
|
|
|
3032 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
3033 {
|
|
|
3034 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
3035 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
3036 }
|
|
|
3037 else
|
|
|
3038 {
|
|
|
3039 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
3040 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
3041 }
|
|
|
3042 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
3043 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
3044 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
3045 else
|
|
|
3046 result->col = col;
|
|
|
3047 }
|
|
|
3048
|
|
|
3049 /*
|
|
|
3050 * Get current line in syntax buffer.
|
|
|
3051 */
|
|
|
3052 static char_u *
|
|
|
3053 syn_getcurline()
|
|
|
3054 {
|
|
|
3055 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
3056 }
|
|
|
3057
|
|
|
3058 /*
|
|
410
|
3059 * Call vim_regexec() to find a match with "rmp" in "syn_buf".
|
|
7
|
3060 * Returns TRUE when there is a match.
|
|
|
3061 */
|
|
|
3062 static int
|
|
|
3063 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col)
|
|
|
3064 regmmatch_T *rmp;
|
|
|
3065 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
3066 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
3067 {
|
|
410
|
3068 rmp->rmm_maxcol = syn_buf->b_p_smc;
|
|
7
|
3069 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col) > 0)
|
|
|
3070 {
|
|
|
3071 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
3072 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
3073 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3074 }
|
|
|
3075 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3076 }
|
|
|
3077
|
|
|
3078 /*
|
|
|
3079 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword.
|
|
|
3080 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol.
|
|
|
3081 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
3082 */
|
|
|
3083 static int
|
|
|
3084 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si)
|
|
|
3085 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3086 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */
|
|
|
3087 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */
|
|
|
3088 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */
|
|
|
3089 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */
|
|
|
3090 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */
|
|
|
3091 {
|
|
134
|
3092 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3093 char_u *kwp;
|
|
7
|
3094 int round;
|
|
134
|
3095 int kwlen;
|
|
7
|
3096 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */
|
|
134
|
3097 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
3098 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
7
|
3099
|
|
|
3100 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already
|
|
|
3101 * checked. */
|
|
134
|
3102 kwp = line + startcol;
|
|
|
3103 kwlen = 0;
|
|
7
|
3104 do
|
|
|
3105 {
|
|
|
3106 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3107 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
3108 kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(kwp + kwlen);
|
|
7
|
3109 else
|
|
|
3110 #endif
|
|
134
|
3111 ++kwlen;
|
|
|
3112 }
|
|
|
3113 while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf));
|
|
|
3114
|
|
|
3115 if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN)
|
|
7
|
3116 return 0;
|
|
|
3117
|
|
|
3118 /*
|
|
|
3119 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it
|
|
|
3120 * lowercase.
|
|
|
3121 */
|
|
419
|
3122 vim_strncpy(keyword, kwp, kwlen);
|
|
7
|
3123
|
|
|
3124 /*
|
|
|
3125 * Try twice:
|
|
|
3126 * 1. matching case
|
|
|
3127 * 2. ignoring case
|
|
|
3128 */
|
|
|
3129 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
3130 {
|
|
134
|
3131 ht = round == 1 ? &syn_buf->b_keywtab : &syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
|
3132 if (ht->ht_used == 0)
|
|
7
|
3133 continue;
|
|
134
|
3134 if (round == 2) /* ignore case */
|
|
|
3135 (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
7
|
3136
|
|
|
3137 /*
|
|
134
|
3138 * Find keywords that match. There can be several with different
|
|
|
3139 * attributes.
|
|
7
|
3140 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise:
|
|
|
3141 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel.
|
|
|
3142 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list.
|
|
|
3143 */
|
|
134
|
3144 hi = hash_find(ht, keyword);
|
|
|
3145 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3146 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
7
|
3147 {
|
|
134
|
3148 if (current_next_list != 0
|
|
|
3149 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0)
|
|
|
3150 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
3151 ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3152 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list,
|
|
|
3153 &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))
|
|
|
3154 {
|
|
|
3155 *endcolp = startcol + kwlen;
|
|
|
3156 *flagsp = kp->flags;
|
|
|
3157 *next_listp = kp->next_list;
|
|
|
3158 return kp->k_syn.id;
|
|
|
3159 }
|
|
7
|
3160 }
|
|
|
3161 }
|
|
|
3162 return 0;
|
|
|
3163 }
|
|
|
3164
|
|
|
3165 /*
|
|
|
3166 * Handle ":syntax case" command.
|
|
|
3167 */
|
|
|
3168 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3169 static void
|
|
|
3170 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3171 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3172 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3173 {
|
|
|
3174 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3175 char_u *next;
|
|
|
3176
|
|
|
3177 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3178 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3179 return;
|
|
|
3180
|
|
|
3181 next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3182 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5)
|
|
|
3183 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE;
|
|
|
3184 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6)
|
|
|
3185 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
3186 else
|
|
|
3187 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3188 }
|
|
|
3189
|
|
|
3190 /*
|
|
419
|
3191 * Handle ":syntax spell" command.
|
|
|
3192 */
|
|
|
3193 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3194 static void
|
|
|
3195 syn_cmd_spell(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3196 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3197 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3198 {
|
|
|
3199 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3200 char_u *next;
|
|
|
3201
|
|
|
3202 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3203 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3204 return;
|
|
|
3205
|
|
|
3206 next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3207 if (STRNICMP(arg, "toplevel", 8) == 0 && next - arg == 8)
|
|
|
3208 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_TOP;
|
|
|
3209 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "notoplevel", 10) == 0 && next - arg == 10)
|
|
|
3210 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_NOTOP;
|
|
1064
|
3211 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "default", 7) == 0 && next - arg == 7)
|
|
419
|
3212 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT;
|
|
|
3213 else
|
|
|
3214 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3215 }
|
|
|
3216
|
|
|
3217 /*
|
|
7
|
3218 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3219 */
|
|
|
3220 void
|
|
|
3221 syntax_clear(buf)
|
|
|
3222 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3223 {
|
|
|
3224 int i;
|
|
|
3225
|
|
482
|
3226 buf->b_syn_error = FALSE; /* clear previous error */
|
|
294
|
3227 buf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */
|
|
419
|
3228 buf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; /* default spell checking */
|
|
294
|
3229 buf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3230
|
|
|
3231 /* free the keywords */
|
|
134
|
3232 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3233 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
7
|
3234
|
|
|
3235 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3236 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3237 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i);
|
|
|
3238 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns);
|
|
|
3239
|
|
|
3240 /* free the syntax clusters */
|
|
|
3241 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3242 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i);
|
|
|
3243 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters);
|
|
301
|
3244 buf->b_spell_cluster_id = 0;
|
|
|
3245 buf->b_nospell_cluster_id = 0;
|
|
7
|
3246
|
|
|
3247 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3248 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3249 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3250 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3251
|
|
|
3252 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3253 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3254 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3255 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3256 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3257 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0;
|
|
|
3258 #endif
|
|
|
3259
|
|
|
3260 /* free the stored states */
|
|
|
3261 syn_stack_free_all(buf);
|
|
|
3262 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
3263 }
|
|
|
3264
|
|
|
3265 /*
|
|
|
3266 * Clear syncing info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3267 */
|
|
|
3268 static void
|
|
|
3269 syntax_sync_clear()
|
|
|
3270 {
|
|
|
3271 int i;
|
|
|
3272
|
|
|
3273 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3274 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3275 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing)
|
|
|
3276 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i);
|
|
|
3277
|
|
|
3278 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3279 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3280 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3281 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3282
|
|
|
3283 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3284 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3285 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3286 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3287
|
|
|
3288 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3289 }
|
|
|
3290
|
|
|
3291 /*
|
|
|
3292 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list.
|
|
|
3293 */
|
|
|
3294 static void
|
|
|
3295 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx)
|
|
|
3296 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3297 int idx;
|
|
|
3298 {
|
|
|
3299 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3300
|
|
|
3301 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3302 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3303 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
3304 --buf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
3305 #endif
|
|
|
3306 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx);
|
|
|
3307 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1,
|
|
|
3308 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1));
|
|
|
3309 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
3310 }
|
|
|
3311
|
|
|
3312 /*
|
|
|
3313 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from
|
|
|
3314 * last to first!
|
|
|
3315 */
|
|
|
3316 static void
|
|
|
3317 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i)
|
|
|
3318 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3319 int i;
|
|
|
3320 {
|
|
|
3321 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3322 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog);
|
|
|
3323 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */
|
|
|
3324 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3325 {
|
|
|
3326 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list);
|
|
|
3327 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list);
|
|
|
3328 }
|
|
|
3329 }
|
|
|
3330
|
|
|
3331 /*
|
|
|
3332 * Clear and free one syntax cluster.
|
|
|
3333 */
|
|
|
3334 static void
|
|
|
3335 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i)
|
|
|
3336 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3337 int i;
|
|
|
3338 {
|
|
|
3339 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name);
|
|
|
3340 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u);
|
|
|
3341 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list);
|
|
|
3342 }
|
|
|
3343
|
|
|
3344 /*
|
|
|
3345 * Handle ":syntax clear" command.
|
|
|
3346 */
|
|
|
3347 static void
|
|
|
3348 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3349 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3350 int syncing;
|
|
|
3351 {
|
|
|
3352 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3353 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3354 int id;
|
|
|
3355
|
|
|
3356 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3357 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3358 return;
|
|
|
3359
|
|
|
3360 /*
|
|
|
3361 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename",
|
|
|
3362 * because otherwise @group would get deleted.
|
|
|
3363 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn
|
|
|
3364 * clear".
|
|
|
3365 */
|
|
|
3366 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0)
|
|
|
3367 return;
|
|
|
3368
|
|
|
3369 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3370 {
|
|
|
3371 /*
|
|
|
3372 * No argument: Clear all syntax items.
|
|
|
3373 */
|
|
|
3374 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3375 syntax_sync_clear();
|
|
|
3376 else
|
|
|
3377 {
|
|
|
3378 syntax_clear(curbuf);
|
|
148
|
3379 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3380 }
|
|
|
3381 }
|
|
|
3382 else
|
|
|
3383 {
|
|
|
3384 /*
|
|
|
3385 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3386 */
|
|
|
3387 while (!ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3388 {
|
|
|
3389 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3390 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3391 {
|
|
|
3392 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3393 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3394 {
|
|
|
3395 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3396 break;
|
|
|
3397 }
|
|
|
3398 else
|
|
|
3399 {
|
|
|
3400 /*
|
|
|
3401 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing
|
|
|
3402 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing
|
|
|
3403 * and make it empty.
|
|
|
3404 */
|
|
|
3405 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3406
|
|
|
3407 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list);
|
|
|
3408 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3409 }
|
|
|
3410 }
|
|
|
3411 else
|
|
|
3412 {
|
|
|
3413 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3414 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3415 {
|
|
|
3416 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3417 break;
|
|
|
3418 }
|
|
|
3419 else
|
|
|
3420 syn_clear_one(id, syncing);
|
|
|
3421 }
|
|
|
3422 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3423 }
|
|
|
3424 }
|
|
745
|
3425 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
3426 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3427 }
|
|
|
3428
|
|
|
3429 /*
|
|
|
3430 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3431 */
|
|
|
3432 static void
|
|
|
3433 syn_clear_one(id, syncing)
|
|
|
3434 int id;
|
|
|
3435 int syncing;
|
|
|
3436 {
|
|
|
3437 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3438 int idx;
|
|
|
3439
|
|
|
3440 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */
|
|
|
3441 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3442 {
|
|
134
|
3443 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3444 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
7
|
3445 }
|
|
|
3446
|
|
|
3447 /* clear the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3448 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
3449 {
|
|
|
3450 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3451 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3452 continue;
|
|
|
3453 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx);
|
|
|
3454 }
|
|
|
3455 }
|
|
|
3456
|
|
|
3457 /*
|
|
|
3458 * Handle ":syntax on" command.
|
|
|
3459 */
|
|
|
3460 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3461 static void
|
|
|
3462 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3463 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3464 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3465 {
|
|
|
3466 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
|
3467 }
|
|
|
3468
|
|
|
3469 /*
|
|
|
3470 * Handle ":syntax enable" command.
|
|
|
3471 */
|
|
|
3472 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3473 static void
|
|
|
3474 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3475 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3476 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3477 {
|
|
|
3478 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable");
|
|
|
3479 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
148
|
3480 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3481 }
|
|
|
3482
|
|
|
3483 /*
|
|
|
3484 * Handle ":syntax reset" command.
|
|
|
3485 */
|
|
|
3486 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3487 static void
|
|
|
3488 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3489 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3490 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3491 {
|
|
|
3492 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3493 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3494 {
|
|
|
3495 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset");
|
|
|
3496 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim");
|
|
148
|
3497 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3498 }
|
|
|
3499 }
|
|
|
3500
|
|
|
3501 /*
|
|
|
3502 * Handle ":syntax manual" command.
|
|
|
3503 */
|
|
|
3504 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3505 static void
|
|
|
3506 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3507 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3508 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3509 {
|
|
|
3510 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual");
|
|
|
3511 }
|
|
|
3512
|
|
|
3513 /*
|
|
|
3514 * Handle ":syntax off" command.
|
|
|
3515 */
|
|
|
3516 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3517 static void
|
|
|
3518 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3519 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3520 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3521 {
|
|
|
3522 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax");
|
|
|
3523 }
|
|
|
3524
|
|
|
3525 static void
|
|
|
3526 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name)
|
|
|
3527 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3528 char *name;
|
|
|
3529 {
|
|
|
3530 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
3531
|
|
|
3532 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3533 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3534 {
|
|
|
3535 STRCPY(buf, "so ");
|
|
274
|
3536 vim_snprintf((char *)buf + 3, sizeof(buf) - 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name);
|
|
7
|
3537 do_cmdline_cmd(buf);
|
|
|
3538 }
|
|
|
3539 }
|
|
|
3540
|
|
|
3541 /*
|
|
|
3542 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words.
|
|
|
3543 */
|
|
|
3544 static void
|
|
|
3545 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3546 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3547 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3548 {
|
|
|
3549 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3550 int id;
|
|
|
3551 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3552
|
|
|
3553 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3554 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3555 return;
|
|
|
3556
|
|
|
3557 if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
|
|
|
3558 {
|
|
|
3559 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"));
|
|
|
3560 return;
|
|
|
3561 }
|
|
|
3562
|
|
|
3563 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3564 {
|
|
|
3565 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
3566 {
|
|
|
3567 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments"));
|
|
|
3568 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3569 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3570 return;
|
|
|
3571 }
|
|
|
3572 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH))
|
|
|
3573 {
|
|
|
3574 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0)
|
|
|
3575 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing"));
|
|
|
3576 else
|
|
|
3577 {
|
|
|
3578 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts "));
|
|
|
3579 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3580 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3581 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3582 }
|
|
|
3583 return;
|
|
|
3584 }
|
|
|
3585 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---"));
|
|
|
3586 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0
|
|
|
3587 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
|
|
|
3588 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3589 {
|
|
|
3590 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items"));
|
|
|
3591 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3592 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3593 }
|
|
|
3594 }
|
|
|
3595 else
|
|
|
3596 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---"));
|
|
|
3597 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3598 {
|
|
|
3599 /*
|
|
|
3600 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters.
|
|
|
3601 */
|
|
|
3602 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3603 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE);
|
|
|
3604 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3605 syn_list_cluster(id);
|
|
|
3606 }
|
|
|
3607 else
|
|
|
3608 {
|
|
|
3609 /*
|
|
|
3610 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3611 */
|
|
|
3612 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3613 {
|
|
|
3614 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3615 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3616 {
|
|
|
3617 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3618 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3619 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3620 else
|
|
|
3621 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
3622 }
|
|
|
3623 else
|
|
|
3624 {
|
|
|
3625 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3626 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3627 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3628 else
|
|
|
3629 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE);
|
|
|
3630 }
|
|
|
3631 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3632 }
|
|
|
3633 }
|
|
|
3634 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3635 }
|
|
|
3636
|
|
|
3637 static void
|
|
|
3638 syn_lines_msg()
|
|
|
3639 {
|
|
|
3640 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3641 {
|
|
|
3642 MSG_PUTS("; ");
|
|
|
3643 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3644 {
|
|
|
3645 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal "));
|
|
|
3646 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3647 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
3648 MSG_PUTS(", ");
|
|
|
3649 }
|
|
|
3650 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0)
|
|
|
3651 {
|
|
|
3652 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal "));
|
|
|
3653 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines);
|
|
|
3654 }
|
|
|
3655 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3656 }
|
|
|
3657 }
|
|
|
3658
|
|
|
3659 static void
|
|
|
3660 syn_match_msg()
|
|
|
3661 {
|
|
|
3662 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3663 {
|
|
|
3664 MSG_PUTS(_("; match "));
|
|
|
3665 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks);
|
|
|
3666 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks"));
|
|
|
3667 }
|
|
|
3668 }
|
|
|
3669
|
|
|
3670 static int last_matchgroup;
|
|
|
3671
|
|
|
3672 struct name_list
|
|
|
3673 {
|
|
|
3674 int flag;
|
|
|
3675 char *name;
|
|
|
3676 };
|
|
|
3677
|
|
|
3678 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr));
|
|
|
3679
|
|
|
3680 /*
|
|
|
3681 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3682 */
|
|
|
3683 static void
|
|
|
3684 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only)
|
|
|
3685 int id;
|
|
|
3686 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3687 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */
|
|
|
3688 {
|
|
|
3689 int attr;
|
|
|
3690 int idx;
|
|
|
3691 int did_header = FALSE;
|
|
|
3692 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3693 static struct name_list namelist1[] =
|
|
|
3694 {
|
|
|
3695 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"},
|
|
|
3696 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"},
|
|
|
3697 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"},
|
|
|
3698 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"},
|
|
|
3699 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"},
|
|
|
3700 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"},
|
|
|
3701 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"},
|
|
|
3702 {HL_FOLD, "fold"},
|
|
|
3703 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3704 };
|
|
|
3705 static struct name_list namelist2[] =
|
|
|
3706 {
|
|
|
3707 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"},
|
|
|
3708 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"},
|
|
|
3709 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"},
|
|
|
3710 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3711 };
|
|
|
3712
|
|
|
3713 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */
|
|
|
3714
|
|
|
3715 /* list the keywords for "id" */
|
|
|
3716 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3717 {
|
|
134
|
3718 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr);
|
|
|
3719 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic,
|
|
7
|
3720 did_header, attr);
|
|
|
3721 }
|
|
|
3722
|
|
|
3723 /* list the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3724 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx)
|
|
|
3725 {
|
|
|
3726 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3727 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3728 continue;
|
|
|
3729
|
|
|
3730 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3731 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
3732 last_matchgroup = 0;
|
|
|
3733 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
3734 {
|
|
|
3735 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr);
|
|
|
3736 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3737 }
|
|
|
3738 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3739 {
|
|
|
3740 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3741 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3742 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
3743 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3744 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len
|
|
|
3745 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END)
|
|
|
3746 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3747 --idx;
|
|
|
3748 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3749 }
|
|
|
3750 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3751
|
|
|
3752 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3753 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr);
|
|
|
3754
|
|
|
3755 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3756 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
3757 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
3758
|
|
|
3759 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3760 {
|
|
|
3761 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr);
|
|
|
3762 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3763 }
|
|
|
3764 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
|
3765 {
|
|
|
3766 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
3767 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr);
|
|
|
3768 else
|
|
|
3769 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr);
|
|
|
3770 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3771 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3772 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)
|
|
|
3773 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3774 else
|
|
|
3775 MSG_PUTS("NONE");
|
|
|
3776 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3777 }
|
|
|
3778 }
|
|
|
3779
|
|
|
3780 /* list the link, if there is one */
|
|
|
3781 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3782 {
|
|
|
3783 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3784 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr);
|
|
|
3785 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3786 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3787 }
|
|
|
3788 }
|
|
|
3789
|
|
|
3790 static void
|
|
|
3791 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr)
|
|
|
3792 struct name_list *nl;
|
|
|
3793 int flags;
|
|
|
3794 int attr;
|
|
|
3795 {
|
|
|
3796 int i;
|
|
|
3797
|
|
|
3798 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
3799 if (flags & nl[i].flag)
|
|
|
3800 {
|
|
|
3801 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr);
|
|
|
3802 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3803 }
|
|
|
3804 }
|
|
|
3805
|
|
|
3806 /*
|
|
|
3807 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3808 */
|
|
|
3809 static void
|
|
|
3810 syn_list_cluster(id)
|
|
|
3811 int id;
|
|
|
3812 {
|
|
|
3813 int endcol = 15;
|
|
|
3814
|
|
|
3815 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */
|
|
|
3816 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
3817 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3818
|
|
|
3819 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
3820 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
3821 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
3822 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
3823
|
|
|
3824 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
3825 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3826 {
|
|
|
3827 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list,
|
|
|
3828 hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3829 }
|
|
|
3830 else
|
|
|
3831 {
|
|
|
3832 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3833 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE");
|
|
|
3834 }
|
|
|
3835 }
|
|
|
3836
|
|
|
3837 static void
|
|
|
3838 put_id_list(name, list, attr)
|
|
|
3839 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3840 short *list;
|
|
|
3841 int attr;
|
|
|
3842 {
|
|
|
3843 short *p;
|
|
|
3844
|
|
|
3845 msg_puts_attr(name, attr);
|
|
|
3846 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3847 for (p = list; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
3848 {
|
|
|
3849 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
3850 {
|
|
|
3851 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3852 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT");
|
|
|
3853 else
|
|
|
3854 MSG_PUTS("ALL");
|
|
|
3855 }
|
|
|
3856 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3857 {
|
|
|
3858 MSG_PUTS("TOP");
|
|
|
3859 }
|
|
|
3860 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3861 {
|
|
|
3862 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED");
|
|
|
3863 }
|
|
|
3864 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3865 {
|
|
|
3866 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3867
|
|
|
3868 msg_putchar('@');
|
|
|
3869 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3870 }
|
|
|
3871 else
|
|
|
3872 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3873 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3874 msg_putchar(',');
|
|
|
3875 }
|
|
|
3876 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3877 }
|
|
|
3878
|
|
|
3879 static void
|
|
|
3880 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr)
|
|
|
3881 char *s;
|
|
|
3882 int c;
|
|
|
3883 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3884 int attr;
|
|
|
3885 {
|
|
|
3886 long n;
|
|
|
3887 int mask;
|
|
|
3888 int first;
|
|
|
3889 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&";
|
|
|
3890 int i;
|
|
|
3891
|
|
|
3892 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */
|
|
|
3893 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id)
|
|
|
3894 {
|
|
|
3895 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
3896 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr);
|
|
|
3897 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3898 if (last_matchgroup == 0)
|
|
|
3899 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE");
|
|
|
3900 else
|
|
|
3901 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3902 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3903 }
|
|
|
3904
|
|
|
3905 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */
|
|
|
3906 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr);
|
|
|
3907 msg_putchar(c);
|
|
|
3908
|
|
|
3909 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */
|
|
|
3910 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; )
|
|
|
3911 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL)
|
|
|
3912 {
|
|
|
3913 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */
|
|
|
3914 break;
|
|
|
3915 }
|
|
|
3916 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3917 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3918 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3919
|
|
|
3920 /* output any pattern options */
|
|
|
3921 first = TRUE;
|
|
|
3922 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
3923 {
|
|
|
3924 mask = (1 << i);
|
|
|
3925 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
3926 {
|
|
|
3927 if (!first)
|
|
|
3928 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */
|
|
|
3929 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]);
|
|
|
3930 n = spp->sp_offsets[i];
|
|
|
3931 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3932 {
|
|
|
3933 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask)
|
|
|
3934 msg_putchar('s');
|
|
|
3935 else
|
|
|
3936 msg_putchar('e');
|
|
|
3937 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3938 msg_putchar('+');
|
|
|
3939 }
|
|
|
3940 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3941 msg_outnum(n);
|
|
|
3942 first = FALSE;
|
|
|
3943 }
|
|
|
3944 }
|
|
|
3945 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3946 }
|
|
|
3947
|
|
|
3948 /*
|
|
|
3949 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group.
|
|
|
3950 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed.
|
|
|
3951 */
|
|
|
3952 static int
|
|
134
|
3953 syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr)
|
|
7
|
3954 int id;
|
|
134
|
3955 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
7
|
3956 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */
|
|
|
3957 int attr;
|
|
|
3958 {
|
|
|
3959 int outlen;
|
|
134
|
3960 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
3961 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3962 int todo;
|
|
7
|
3963 int prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
3964 short *prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3965 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3966 int prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
3967 int prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
3968 int prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
3969
|
|
|
3970 /*
|
|
|
3971 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on
|
|
|
3972 * hash value...
|
|
|
3973 */
|
|
835
|
3974 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
|
|
134
|
3975 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi)
|
|
|
3976 {
|
|
|
3977 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3978 {
|
|
|
3979 --todo;
|
|
|
3980 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
7
|
3981 {
|
|
134
|
3982 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
7
|
3983 {
|
|
134
|
3984 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3985 || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
3986 || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
3987 || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
3988 || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list
|
|
|
3989 || prev_next_list != kp->next_list)
|
|
|
3990 outlen = 9999;
|
|
|
3991 else
|
|
|
3992 outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword);
|
|
|
3993 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */
|
|
|
3994 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id))
|
|
|
3995 {
|
|
|
3996 prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
3997 prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3998 prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3999 prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
4000 prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
4001 prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
4002 }
|
|
|
4003 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
4004 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
4005 {
|
|
|
4006 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr);
|
|
|
4007 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4008 prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED);
|
|
|
4009 }
|
|
|
4010 if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list)
|
|
|
4011 {
|
|
|
4012 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
4013 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
4014 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4015 prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4016 }
|
|
|
4017 if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list)
|
|
|
4018 {
|
|
|
4019 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr);
|
|
|
4020 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4021 prev_next_list = kp->next_list;
|
|
|
4022 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
4023 {
|
|
|
4024 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr);
|
|
|
4025 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4026 prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL);
|
|
|
4027 }
|
|
|
4028 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
4029 {
|
|
|
4030 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr);
|
|
|
4031 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4032 prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE);
|
|
|
4033 }
|
|
|
4034 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
4035 {
|
|
|
4036 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr);
|
|
|
4037 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4038 prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY);
|
|
|
4039 }
|
|
|
4040 }
|
|
|
4041 msg_outtrans(kp->keyword);
|
|
7
|
4042 }
|
|
|
4043 }
|
|
|
4044 }
|
|
|
4045 }
|
|
|
4046
|
|
|
4047 return did_header;
|
|
|
4048 }
|
|
|
4049
|
|
|
4050 static void
|
|
134
|
4051 syn_clear_keyword(id, ht)
|
|
7
|
4052 int id;
|
|
134
|
4053 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4054 {
|
|
|
4055 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
4056 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4057 keyentry_T *kp_prev;
|
|
|
4058 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
4059 int todo;
|
|
|
4060
|
|
|
4061 hash_lock(ht);
|
|
835
|
4062 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
|
|
134
|
4063 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
|
4064 {
|
|
|
4065 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4066 {
|
|
|
4067 --todo;
|
|
|
4068 kp_prev = NULL;
|
|
|
4069 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; )
|
|
7
|
4070 {
|
|
134
|
4071 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
|
4072 {
|
|
|
4073 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4074 if (kp_prev == NULL)
|
|
|
4075 {
|
|
|
4076 if (kp_next == NULL)
|
|
|
4077 hash_remove(ht, hi);
|
|
|
4078 else
|
|
|
4079 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next);
|
|
|
4080 }
|
|
|
4081 else
|
|
|
4082 kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next;
|
|
|
4083 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
|
4084 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4085 vim_free(kp);
|
|
|
4086 kp = kp_next;
|
|
|
4087 }
|
|
7
|
4088 else
|
|
134
|
4089 {
|
|
|
4090 kp_prev = kp;
|
|
|
4091 kp = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4092 }
|
|
7
|
4093 }
|
|
134
|
4094 }
|
|
|
4095 }
|
|
|
4096 hash_unlock(ht);
|
|
|
4097 }
|
|
|
4098
|
|
|
4099 /*
|
|
|
4100 * Clear a whole keyword table.
|
|
7
|
4101 */
|
|
|
4102 static void
|
|
134
|
4103 clear_keywtab(ht)
|
|
|
4104 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4105 {
|
|
|
4106 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
4107 int todo;
|
|
|
4108 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4109 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
4110
|
|
835
|
4111 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
|
|
134
|
4112 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
|
4113 {
|
|
|
4114 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4115 {
|
|
|
4116 --todo;
|
|
|
4117 kp = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
|
4118 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next)
|
|
7
|
4119 {
|
|
134
|
4120 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4121 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
|
4122 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4123 vim_free(kp);
|
|
7
|
4124 }
|
|
134
|
4125 }
|
|
|
4126 }
|
|
|
4127 hash_clear(ht);
|
|
|
4128 hash_init(ht);
|
|
7
|
4129 }
|
|
|
4130
|
|
|
4131 /*
|
|
|
4132 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords.
|
|
|
4133 */
|
|
|
4134 static void
|
|
|
4135 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list)
|
|
|
4136 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */
|
|
|
4137 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */
|
|
|
4138 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */
|
|
|
4139 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */
|
|
|
4140 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */
|
|
|
4141 {
|
|
134
|
4142 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4143 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4144 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
154
|
4145 char_u *name_ic;
|
|
134
|
4146 long_u hash;
|
|
154
|
4147 char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1];
|
|
7
|
4148
|
|
|
4149 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
154
|
4150 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name),
|
|
|
4151 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
|
4152 else
|
|
|
4153 name_ic = name;
|
|
134
|
4154 kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic)));
|
|
|
4155 if (kp == NULL)
|
|
|
4156 return;
|
|
|
4157 STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic);
|
|
|
4158 kp->k_syn.id = id;
|
|
|
4159 kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4160 kp->flags = flags;
|
|
|
4161 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4162 if (cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4163 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
|
4164 kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list);
|
|
|
4165
|
|
|
4166 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
|
4167 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
7
|
4168 else
|
|
134
|
4169 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab;
|
|
|
4170
|
|
|
4171 hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword);
|
|
|
4172 hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
|
4173 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4174 {
|
|
|
4175 /* new keyword, add to hashtable */
|
|
|
4176 kp->ke_next = NULL;
|
|
|
4177 hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
|
4178 }
|
|
|
4179 else
|
|
|
4180 {
|
|
|
4181 /* keyword already exists, prepend to list */
|
|
|
4182 kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
|
4183 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp);
|
|
|
4184 }
|
|
7
|
4185 }
|
|
|
4186
|
|
|
4187 /*
|
|
|
4188 * Get the start and end of the group name argument.
|
|
|
4189 * Return a pointer to the first argument.
|
|
|
4190 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args.
|
|
|
4191 */
|
|
|
4192 static char_u *
|
|
|
4193 get_group_name(arg, name_end)
|
|
|
4194 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */
|
|
|
4195 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */
|
|
|
4196 {
|
|
|
4197 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4198
|
|
|
4199 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4200 rest = skipwhite(*name_end);
|
|
|
4201
|
|
|
4202 /*
|
|
|
4203 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a
|
|
|
4204 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL.
|
|
|
4205 */
|
|
|
4206 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4207 return NULL;
|
|
|
4208 return rest;
|
|
|
4209 }
|
|
|
4210
|
|
|
4211 /*
|
|
|
4212 * Check for syntax command option arguments.
|
|
|
4213 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks
|
|
|
4214 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to
|
|
|
4215 * collect all options in between other arguments.
|
|
|
4216 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option).
|
|
|
4217 * Return NULL for any error;
|
|
|
4218 */
|
|
|
4219 static char_u *
|
|
154
|
4220 get_syn_options(arg, opt)
|
|
|
4221 char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */
|
|
|
4222 syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */
|
|
|
4223 {
|
|
7
|
4224 char_u *gname_start, *gname;
|
|
|
4225 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4226 int len;
|
|
154
|
4227 char *p;
|
|
7
|
4228 int i;
|
|
|
4229 int fidx;
|
|
|
4230 static struct flag
|
|
|
4231 {
|
|
|
4232 char *name;
|
|
154
|
4233 int argtype;
|
|
|
4234 int flags;
|
|
|
4235 } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED},
|
|
|
4236 {"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE},
|
|
|
4237 {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND},
|
|
|
4238 {"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND},
|
|
|
4239 {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL},
|
|
|
4240 {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP},
|
|
|
4241 {"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL},
|
|
|
4242 {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE},
|
|
|
4243 {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY},
|
|
|
4244 {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE},
|
|
|
4245 {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE},
|
|
|
4246 {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY},
|
|
|
4247 {"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD},
|
|
|
4248 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0},
|
|
|
4249 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0},
|
|
|
4250 {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0},
|
|
7
|
4251 };
|
|
154
|
4252 static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN";
|
|
7
|
4253
|
|
|
4254 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */
|
|
|
4255 return NULL;
|
|
|
4256
|
|
|
4257 for (;;)
|
|
|
4258 {
|
|
154
|
4259 /*
|
|
|
4260 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined.
|
|
|
4261 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found.
|
|
|
4262 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow.
|
|
|
4263 */
|
|
|
4264 if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL)
|
|
|
4265 break;
|
|
7
|
4266
|
|
|
4267 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; )
|
|
|
4268 {
|
|
154
|
4269 p = flagtab[fidx].name;
|
|
|
4270 for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len)
|
|
|
4271 if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1])
|
|
|
4272 break;
|
|
|
4273 if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len])
|
|
|
4274 || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0
|
|
|
4275 ? arg[len] == '='
|
|
|
4276 : ends_excmd(arg[len]))))
|
|
7
|
4277 {
|
|
154
|
4278 if (opt->keyword
|
|
|
4279 && (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY
|
|
|
4280 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4281 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND))
|
|
7
|
4282 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */
|
|
|
4283 fidx = -1;
|
|
|
4284 break;
|
|
|
4285 }
|
|
|
4286 }
|
|
154
|
4287 if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */
|
|
|
4288 break;
|
|
|
4289
|
|
|
4290 if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1)
|
|
|
4291 {
|
|
|
4292 if (!opt->has_cont_list)
|
|
7
|
4293 {
|
|
|
4294 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4295 return NULL;
|
|
|
4296 }
|
|
154
|
4297 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4298 return NULL;
|
|
|
4299 }
|
|
154
|
4300 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2)
|
|
|
4301 {
|
|
|
4302 #if 0 /* cannot happen */
|
|
|
4303 if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4304 {
|
|
|
4305 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4306 return NULL;
|
|
|
4307 }
|
|
154
|
4308 #endif
|
|
|
4309 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4310 return NULL;
|
|
|
4311 }
|
|
154
|
4312 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3)
|
|
|
4313 {
|
|
|
4314 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4315 return NULL;
|
|
|
4316 }
|
|
|
4317 else
|
|
154
|
4318 {
|
|
|
4319 opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags;
|
|
|
4320 arg = skipwhite(arg + len);
|
|
|
4321
|
|
|
4322 if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE
|
|
|
4323 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE)
|
|
|
4324 {
|
|
|
4325 if (opt->sync_idx == NULL)
|
|
|
4326 {
|
|
|
4327 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4328 return NULL;
|
|
|
4329 }
|
|
|
4330 gname_start = arg;
|
|
|
4331 arg = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4332 if (gname_start == arg)
|
|
|
4333 return NULL;
|
|
|
4334 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start));
|
|
|
4335 if (gname == NULL)
|
|
|
4336 return NULL;
|
|
|
4337 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
4338 *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX;
|
|
|
4339 else
|
|
|
4340 {
|
|
|
4341 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname);
|
|
|
4342 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
4343 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id
|
|
|
4344 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
4345 {
|
|
|
4346 *opt->sync_idx = i;
|
|
|
4347 break;
|
|
|
4348 }
|
|
|
4349 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
4350 {
|
|
|
4351 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname);
|
|
|
4352 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4353 return NULL;
|
|
|
4354 }
|
|
|
4355 }
|
|
|
4356
|
|
|
4357 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4358 arg = skipwhite(arg);
|
|
|
4359 }
|
|
|
4360 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4361 else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4362 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin))
|
|
|
4363 /* Need to update folds later. */
|
|
|
4364 foldUpdateAll(curwin);
|
|
|
4365 #endif
|
|
|
4366 }
|
|
|
4367 }
|
|
7
|
4368
|
|
|
4369 return arg;
|
|
|
4370 }
|
|
|
4371
|
|
|
4372 /*
|
|
|
4373 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
4374 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it
|
|
|
4375 * to the specified top-level group, if any.
|
|
|
4376 */
|
|
|
4377 static void
|
|
|
4378 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp)
|
|
|
4379 int id;
|
|
|
4380 int *flagsp;
|
|
|
4381 {
|
|
|
4382 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0)
|
|
|
4383 return;
|
|
|
4384 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
4385 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
4386 {
|
|
|
4387 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */
|
|
|
4388 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
4389 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
4390
|
|
|
4391 if (grp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4392 {
|
|
|
4393 grp_list[0] = id;
|
|
|
4394 grp_list[1] = 0;
|
|
|
4395 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list,
|
|
|
4396 CLUSTER_ADD);
|
|
|
4397 }
|
|
|
4398 }
|
|
|
4399 }
|
|
|
4400
|
|
|
4401 /*
|
|
|
4402 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command.
|
|
|
4403 */
|
|
|
4404 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4405 static void
|
|
|
4406 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4407 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4408 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4409 {
|
|
|
4410 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4411 int sgl_id = 1;
|
|
|
4412 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4413 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4414 char_u *errormsg = NULL;
|
|
|
4415 int prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4416 int prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4417 int source = FALSE;
|
|
|
4418
|
|
|
4419 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
4420 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
4421 return;
|
|
|
4422
|
|
|
4423 if (arg[0] == '@')
|
|
|
4424 {
|
|
|
4425 ++arg;
|
|
|
4426 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4427 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4428 {
|
|
|
4429 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required"));
|
|
|
4430 return;
|
|
|
4431 }
|
|
|
4432 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4433 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */
|
|
|
4434 eap->arg = rest;
|
|
|
4435 }
|
|
|
4436
|
|
|
4437 /*
|
|
|
4438 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the
|
|
|
4439 * filename to include.
|
|
|
4440 */
|
|
|
4441 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC);
|
|
|
4442 separate_nextcmd(eap);
|
|
|
4443 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg))
|
|
|
4444 {
|
|
|
4445 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the
|
|
|
4446 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases
|
|
|
4447 * ":runtime!" is used. */
|
|
|
4448 source = TRUE;
|
|
|
4449 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4450 {
|
|
|
4451 if (errormsg != NULL)
|
|
|
4452 EMSG(errormsg);
|
|
|
4453 return;
|
|
|
4454 }
|
|
|
4455 }
|
|
|
4456
|
|
|
4457 /*
|
|
|
4458 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn
|
|
|
4459 * include" tag around the actual inclusion.
|
|
|
4460 */
|
|
|
4461 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4462 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4463 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp;
|
|
|
4464 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id;
|
|
1299
|
4465 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, DOSO_NONE) == FAIL
|
|
|
4466 : source_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4467 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg);
|
|
|
4468 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4469 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4470 }
|
|
|
4471
|
|
|
4472 /*
|
|
|
4473 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command.
|
|
|
4474 */
|
|
|
4475 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4476 static void
|
|
|
4477 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4478 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4479 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4480 {
|
|
|
4481 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4482 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4483 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4484 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4485 char_u *keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4486 char_u *p;
|
|
154
|
4487 char_u *kw;
|
|
|
4488 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
|
4489 int cnt;
|
|
7
|
4490
|
|
|
4491 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4492
|
|
|
4493 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4494 {
|
|
|
4495 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4496
|
|
|
4497 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */
|
|
|
4498 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1);
|
|
|
4499 if (keyword_copy != NULL)
|
|
|
4500 {
|
|
154
|
4501 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4502 syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE;
|
|
|
4503 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
|
4504 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
4505 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4506 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4507
|
|
7
|
4508 /*
|
|
|
4509 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be
|
|
|
4510 * found before keywords can be created.
|
|
154
|
4511 * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy.
|
|
7
|
4512 */
|
|
154
|
4513 cnt = 0;
|
|
|
4514 p = keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4515 for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest))
|
|
7
|
4516 {
|
|
154
|
4517 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
|
4518 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4519 break;
|
|
|
4520 /* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */
|
|
|
4521 while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest))
|
|
|
4522 {
|
|
|
4523 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
4524 ++rest;
|
|
|
4525 *p++ = *rest++;
|
|
|
4526 }
|
|
|
4527 *p++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4528 ++cnt;
|
|
|
4529 }
|
|
|
4530
|
|
|
4531 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
4532 {
|
|
|
4533 /* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */
|
|
|
4534 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
|
4535
|
|
7
|
4536 /*
|
|
154
|
4537 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword.
|
|
7
|
4538 */
|
|
154
|
4539 for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1)
|
|
7
|
4540 {
|
|
154
|
4541 for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; )
|
|
7
|
4542 {
|
|
154
|
4543 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4544 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
4545 add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags,
|
|
|
4546 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list,
|
|
|
4547 syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
168
|
4548 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
4549 break;
|
|
|
4550 if (p[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
4551 {
|
|
838
|
4552 EMSG2(_("E789: Missing ']': %s"), kw);
|
|
168
|
4553 kw = p + 2; /* skip over the NUL */
|
|
154
|
4554 break;
|
|
168
|
4555 }
|
|
|
4556 if (p[1] == ']')
|
|
|
4557 {
|
|
|
4558 kw = p + 1; /* skip over the "]" */
|
|
|
4559 break;
|
|
|
4560 }
|
|
154
|
4561 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4562 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
7
|
4563 {
|
|
474
|
4564 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + 1);
|
|
154
|
4565
|
|
|
4566 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l);
|
|
|
4567 p += l;
|
|
|
4568 }
|
|
|
4569 else
|
|
7
|
4570 #endif
|
|
154
|
4571 {
|
|
|
4572 p[0] = p[1];
|
|
|
4573 ++p;
|
|
7
|
4574 }
|
|
|
4575 }
|
|
|
4576 }
|
|
|
4577 }
|
|
154
|
4578
|
|
7
|
4579 vim_free(keyword_copy);
|
|
168
|
4580 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4581 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4582 }
|
|
|
4583 }
|
|
|
4584
|
|
|
4585 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4586 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4587 else
|
|
|
4588 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4589
|
|
745
|
4590 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
4591 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4592 }
|
|
|
4593
|
|
|
4594 /*
|
|
|
4595 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]".
|
|
|
4596 *
|
|
|
4597 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .."
|
|
|
4598 */
|
|
|
4599 static void
|
|
|
4600 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4601 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4602 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */
|
|
|
4603 {
|
|
|
4604 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4605 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4606 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4607 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */
|
|
|
4608 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4609 int idx;
|
|
154
|
4610 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
7
|
4611 int sync_idx = 0;
|
|
|
4612
|
|
|
4613 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4614 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4615
|
|
|
4616 /* Get options before the pattern */
|
|
154
|
4617 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4618 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
|
4619 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL;
|
|
|
4620 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
4621 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4622 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4623 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4624 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4625
|
|
|
4626 /* get the pattern. */
|
|
|
4627 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4628 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item));
|
|
|
4629 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item);
|
|
154
|
4630 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
|
4631 syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
7
|
4632
|
|
|
4633 /* Get options after the pattern */
|
|
154
|
4634 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4635
|
|
|
4636 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */
|
|
|
4637 {
|
|
|
4638 /*
|
|
|
4639 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments.
|
|
|
4640 */
|
|
|
4641 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4642 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4643 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4644 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL
|
|
|
4645 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4646 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4647 {
|
|
154
|
4648 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
7
|
4649 /*
|
|
|
4650 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4651 */
|
|
|
4652 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4653 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item;
|
|
|
4654 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4655 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH;
|
|
|
4656 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4657 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
154
|
4658 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
7
|
4659 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx;
|
|
154
|
4660 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
|
4661 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
|
4662 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4663 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4664 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
154
|
4665 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
7
|
4666 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4667
|
|
|
4668 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */
|
|
154
|
4669 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
7
|
4670 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH;
|
|
|
4671 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
154
|
4672 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
7
|
4673 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4674 #endif
|
|
|
4675
|
|
745
|
4676 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
4677 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4678 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4679 }
|
|
|
4680 }
|
|
|
4681
|
|
|
4682 /*
|
|
|
4683 * Something failed, free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4684 */
|
|
|
4685 vim_free(item.sp_prog);
|
|
|
4686 vim_free(item.sp_pattern);
|
|
154
|
4687 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
|
4688 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4689 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4690
|
|
|
4691 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4692 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4693 }
|
|
|
4694
|
|
|
4695 /*
|
|
|
4696 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}]
|
|
|
4697 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]".
|
|
|
4698 */
|
|
|
4699 static void
|
|
|
4700 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4701 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4702 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */
|
|
|
4703 {
|
|
|
4704 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4705 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4706 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */
|
|
|
4707 char_u *key_end;
|
|
|
4708 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
4709 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4710 int item;
|
|
|
4711 #define ITEM_START 0
|
|
|
4712 #define ITEM_SKIP 1
|
|
|
4713 #define ITEM_END 2
|
|
|
4714 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3
|
|
|
4715 struct pat_ptr
|
|
|
4716 {
|
|
|
4717 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */
|
|
|
4718 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */
|
|
|
4719 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */
|
|
|
4720 } *(pat_ptrs[3]);
|
|
|
4721 /* patterns found in the line */
|
|
|
4722 struct pat_ptr *ppp;
|
|
|
4723 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next;
|
|
|
4724 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */
|
|
|
4725 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4726 int matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4727 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */
|
|
|
4728 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */
|
|
|
4729 int success = FALSE;
|
|
|
4730 int idx;
|
|
154
|
4731 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
7
|
4732
|
|
|
4733 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4734 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4735
|
|
|
4736 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL;
|
|
|
4737 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4738 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL;
|
|
|
4739
|
|
|
4740 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4741
|
|
154
|
4742 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4743 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
|
4744 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
|
4745 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
4746 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4747 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4748 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4749
|
|
7
|
4750 /*
|
|
|
4751 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup.
|
|
|
4752 */
|
|
|
4753 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4754 {
|
|
|
4755 /* Check for option arguments */
|
|
154
|
4756 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4757 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4758 break;
|
|
|
4759
|
|
|
4760 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */
|
|
|
4761 key_end = rest;
|
|
|
4762 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=')
|
|
|
4763 ++key_end;
|
|
|
4764 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4765 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest));
|
|
|
4766 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
4767 {
|
|
|
4768 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4769 break;
|
|
|
4770 }
|
|
|
4771 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0)
|
|
|
4772 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP;
|
|
|
4773 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0)
|
|
|
4774 item = ITEM_START;
|
|
|
4775 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0)
|
|
|
4776 item = ITEM_END;
|
|
|
4777 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0)
|
|
|
4778 {
|
|
|
4779 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */
|
|
|
4780 {
|
|
|
4781 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4782 break;
|
|
|
4783 }
|
|
|
4784 item = ITEM_SKIP;
|
|
|
4785 }
|
|
|
4786 else
|
|
|
4787 break;
|
|
|
4788 rest = skipwhite(key_end);
|
|
|
4789 if (*rest != '=')
|
|
|
4790 {
|
|
|
4791 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4792 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4793 break;
|
|
|
4794 }
|
|
|
4795 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1);
|
|
|
4796 if (*rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4797 {
|
|
|
4798 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4799 break;
|
|
|
4800 }
|
|
|
4801
|
|
|
4802 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP)
|
|
|
4803 {
|
|
|
4804 p = skiptowhite(rest);
|
|
|
4805 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4806 matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4807 else
|
|
|
4808 {
|
|
|
4809 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest));
|
|
|
4810 if (matchgroup_id == 0)
|
|
|
4811 {
|
|
|
4812 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4813 break;
|
|
|
4814 }
|
|
|
4815 }
|
|
|
4816 rest = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
4817 }
|
|
|
4818 else
|
|
|
4819 {
|
|
|
4820 /*
|
|
|
4821 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of
|
|
|
4822 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is
|
|
|
4823 * used from end to start).
|
|
|
4824 */
|
|
|
4825 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr));
|
|
|
4826 if (ppp == NULL)
|
|
|
4827 {
|
|
|
4828 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4829 break;
|
|
|
4830 }
|
|
|
4831 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item];
|
|
|
4832 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp;
|
|
|
4833 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T));
|
|
|
4834 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL)
|
|
|
4835 {
|
|
|
4836 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4837 break;
|
|
|
4838 }
|
|
|
4839
|
|
|
4840 /*
|
|
|
4841 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s).
|
|
|
4842 */
|
|
|
4843 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */
|
|
|
4844 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4845 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET;
|
|
|
4846 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END)
|
|
|
4847 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE;
|
|
|
4848 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4849 reg_do_extmatch = 0;
|
|
|
4850 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol()
|
|
154
|
4851 && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
7
|
4852 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
|
4853 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4854 ++pat_count;
|
|
|
4855 }
|
|
|
4856 }
|
|
|
4857 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4858 if (illegal || not_enough)
|
|
|
4859 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4860
|
|
|
4861 /*
|
|
|
4862 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern.
|
|
|
4863 */
|
|
|
4864 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL ||
|
|
|
4865 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL))
|
|
|
4866 {
|
|
|
4867 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4868 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4869 }
|
|
|
4870
|
|
|
4871 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4872 {
|
|
|
4873 /*
|
|
|
4874 * Check for trailing garbage or command.
|
|
|
4875 * If OK, add the item.
|
|
|
4876 */
|
|
|
4877 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4878 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4879 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4880 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL
|
|
|
4881 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4882 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4883 {
|
|
154
|
4884 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
7
|
4885 /*
|
|
|
4886 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4887 */
|
|
|
4888 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4889 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4890 {
|
|
|
4891 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next)
|
|
|
4892 {
|
|
|
4893 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4894 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4895 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type =
|
|
|
4896 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START :
|
|
|
4897 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END;
|
|
154
|
4898 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
7
|
4899 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4900 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4901 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id =
|
|
|
4902 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4903 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4904 {
|
|
154
|
4905 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list =
|
|
|
4906 syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
7
|
4907 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
154
|
4908 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4909 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4910 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
154
|
4911 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list =
|
|
|
4912 syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
7
|
4913 }
|
|
|
4914 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4915 ++idx;
|
|
|
4916 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
154
|
4917 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
7
|
4918 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4919 #endif
|
|
|
4920 }
|
|
|
4921 }
|
|
|
4922
|
|
745
|
4923 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
4924 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4925 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4926 }
|
|
|
4927 }
|
|
|
4928
|
|
|
4929 /*
|
|
|
4930 * Free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4931 */
|
|
|
4932 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4933 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next)
|
|
|
4934 {
|
|
|
4935 if (!success)
|
|
|
4936 {
|
|
|
4937 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog);
|
|
|
4938 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
4939 }
|
|
|
4940 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4941 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next;
|
|
|
4942 vim_free(ppp);
|
|
|
4943 }
|
|
|
4944
|
|
|
4945 if (!success)
|
|
|
4946 {
|
|
154
|
4947 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
|
4948 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4949 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4950 if (not_enough)
|
|
|
4951 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4952 else if (illegal || rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4953 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4954 }
|
|
|
4955 }
|
|
|
4956
|
|
|
4957 /*
|
|
|
4958 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort()
|
|
|
4959 */
|
|
|
4960 static int
|
|
|
4961 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
4962 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
4963 #endif
|
|
|
4964 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2)
|
|
|
4965 const void *v1;
|
|
|
4966 const void *v2;
|
|
|
4967 {
|
|
|
4968 const short *s1 = v1;
|
|
|
4969 const short *s2 = v2;
|
|
|
4970
|
|
|
4971 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0);
|
|
|
4972 }
|
|
|
4973
|
|
|
4974 /*
|
|
|
4975 * Combines lists of syntax clusters.
|
|
|
4976 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed.
|
|
|
4977 */
|
|
|
4978 static void
|
|
|
4979 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op)
|
|
|
4980 short **clstr1;
|
|
|
4981 short **clstr2;
|
|
|
4982 int list_op;
|
|
|
4983 {
|
|
|
4984 int count1 = 0;
|
|
|
4985 int count2 = 0;
|
|
|
4986 short *g1;
|
|
|
4987 short *g2;
|
|
|
4988 short *clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
4989 int count;
|
|
|
4990 int round;
|
|
|
4991
|
|
|
4992 /*
|
|
|
4993 * Handle degenerate cases.
|
|
|
4994 */
|
|
|
4995 if (*clstr2 == NULL)
|
|
|
4996 return;
|
|
|
4997 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
4998 {
|
|
|
4999 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
5000 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
5001 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
5002 *clstr1 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
5003 else
|
|
|
5004 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
5005 return;
|
|
|
5006 }
|
|
|
5007
|
|
|
5008 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++)
|
|
|
5009 ++count1;
|
|
|
5010 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++)
|
|
|
5011 ++count2;
|
|
|
5012
|
|
|
5013 /*
|
|
|
5014 * For speed purposes, sort both lists.
|
|
|
5015 */
|
|
|
5016 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
5017 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
5018
|
|
|
5019 /*
|
|
|
5020 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place
|
|
|
5021 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new
|
|
|
5022 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller
|
|
|
5023 * of the current elements in each list to the new list.
|
|
|
5024 */
|
|
|
5025 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++)
|
|
|
5026 {
|
|
|
5027 g1 = *clstr1;
|
|
|
5028 g2 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
5029 count = 0;
|
|
|
5030
|
|
|
5031 /*
|
|
|
5032 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty.
|
|
|
5033 */
|
|
|
5034 while (*g1 && *g2)
|
|
|
5035 {
|
|
|
5036 /*
|
|
|
5037 * We always want to add from the first list.
|
|
|
5038 */
|
|
|
5039 if (*g1 < *g2)
|
|
|
5040 {
|
|
|
5041 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5042 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
5043 count++;
|
|
|
5044 g1++;
|
|
|
5045 continue;
|
|
|
5046 }
|
|
|
5047 /*
|
|
|
5048 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the
|
|
|
5049 * lists.
|
|
|
5050 */
|
|
|
5051 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
5052 {
|
|
|
5053 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5054 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
5055 count++;
|
|
|
5056 }
|
|
|
5057 if (*g1 == *g2)
|
|
|
5058 g1++;
|
|
|
5059 g2++;
|
|
|
5060 }
|
|
|
5061
|
|
|
5062 /*
|
|
|
5063 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished
|
|
|
5064 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if
|
|
|
5065 * we're adding the lists.
|
|
|
5066 */
|
|
|
5067 for (; *g1; g1++, count++)
|
|
|
5068 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5069 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
5070 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
5071 for (; *g2; g2++, count++)
|
|
|
5072 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5073 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
5074
|
|
|
5075 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
5076 {
|
|
|
5077 /*
|
|
|
5078 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any
|
|
|
5079 * space for it.
|
|
|
5080 */
|
|
|
5081 if (count == 0)
|
|
|
5082 {
|
|
|
5083 clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
5084 break;
|
|
|
5085 }
|
|
|
5086 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
5087 if (clstr == NULL)
|
|
|
5088 break;
|
|
|
5089 clstr[count] = 0;
|
|
|
5090 }
|
|
|
5091 }
|
|
|
5092
|
|
|
5093 /*
|
|
|
5094 * Finally, put the new list in place.
|
|
|
5095 */
|
|
|
5096 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
5097 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
5098 *clstr1 = clstr;
|
|
|
5099 }
|
|
|
5100
|
|
|
5101 /*
|
|
|
5102 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5103 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
5104 */
|
|
|
5105 static int
|
|
|
5106 syn_scl_name2id(name)
|
|
|
5107 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5108 {
|
|
|
5109 int i;
|
|
|
5110 char_u *name_u;
|
|
|
5111
|
|
|
5112 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
5113 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
5114 if (name_u == NULL)
|
|
|
5115 return 0;
|
|
|
5116 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5117 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
5118 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
5119 break;
|
|
|
5120 vim_free(name_u);
|
|
|
5121 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
5122 }
|
|
|
5123
|
|
|
5124 /*
|
|
|
5125 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
5126 */
|
|
|
5127 static int
|
|
|
5128 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
5129 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
5130 int len;
|
|
|
5131 {
|
|
|
5132 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5133 int id = 0;
|
|
|
5134
|
|
|
5135 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
5136 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
5137 {
|
|
|
5138 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
5139 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5140 }
|
|
|
5141 return id;
|
|
|
5142 }
|
|
|
5143
|
|
|
5144 /*
|
|
|
5145 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5146 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
5147 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
5148 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
5149 */
|
|
|
5150 static int
|
|
|
5151 syn_check_cluster(pp, len)
|
|
|
5152 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
5153 int len;
|
|
|
5154 {
|
|
|
5155 int id;
|
|
|
5156 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5157
|
|
|
5158 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
5159 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5160 return 0;
|
|
|
5161
|
|
|
5162 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
5163 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
5164 id = syn_add_cluster(name);
|
|
|
5165 else
|
|
|
5166 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5167 return id;
|
|
|
5168 }
|
|
|
5169
|
|
|
5170 /*
|
|
|
5171 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5172 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
5173 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
5174 */
|
|
|
5175 static int
|
|
|
5176 syn_add_cluster(name)
|
|
221
|
5177 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5178 {
|
|
|
5179 int len;
|
|
7
|
5180
|
|
|
5181 /*
|
|
|
5182 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
5183 */
|
|
|
5184 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
5185 {
|
|
221
|
5186 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T);
|
|
7
|
5187 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5188 }
|
|
|
5189
|
|
|
5190 /*
|
|
|
5191 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry.
|
|
|
5192 */
|
|
|
5193 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5194 {
|
|
|
5195 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5196 return 0;
|
|
|
5197 }
|
|
|
5198 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5199
|
|
221
|
5200 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T));
|
|
7
|
5201 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name;
|
|
|
5202 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
5203 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5204 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5205
|
|
221
|
5206 if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0)
|
|
|
5207 curbuf->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
227
|
5208 if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0)
|
|
|
5209 curbuf->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
221
|
5210
|
|
7
|
5211 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
5212 }
|
|
|
5213
|
|
|
5214 /*
|
|
|
5215 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..]
|
|
|
5216 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]".
|
|
|
5217 */
|
|
|
5218 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5219 static void
|
|
|
5220 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5221 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5222 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5223 {
|
|
|
5224 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5225 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
5226 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
5227 int scl_id;
|
|
|
5228 short *clstr_list;
|
|
|
5229 int got_clstr = FALSE;
|
|
|
5230 int opt_len;
|
|
|
5231 int list_op;
|
|
|
5232
|
|
|
5233 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
5234 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5235 return;
|
|
|
5236
|
|
|
5237 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
5238
|
|
|
5239 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
5240 {
|
|
|
5241 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg))
|
|
221
|
5242 - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
7
|
5243
|
|
|
5244 for (;;)
|
|
|
5245 {
|
|
|
5246 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0
|
|
|
5247 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '='))
|
|
|
5248 {
|
|
|
5249 opt_len = 3;
|
|
|
5250 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD;
|
|
|
5251 }
|
|
|
5252 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0
|
|
|
5253 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '='))
|
|
|
5254 {
|
|
|
5255 opt_len = 6;
|
|
|
5256 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT;
|
|
|
5257 }
|
|
|
5258 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5259 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '='))
|
|
|
5260 {
|
|
|
5261 opt_len = 8;
|
|
|
5262 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE;
|
|
|
5263 }
|
|
|
5264 else
|
|
|
5265 break;
|
|
|
5266
|
|
|
5267 clstr_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5268 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5269 {
|
|
|
5270 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest);
|
|
|
5271 break;
|
|
|
5272 }
|
|
|
5273 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list,
|
|
|
5274 &clstr_list, list_op);
|
|
|
5275 got_clstr = TRUE;
|
|
|
5276 }
|
|
|
5277
|
|
|
5278 if (got_clstr)
|
|
|
5279 {
|
|
745
|
5280 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
5281 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5282 }
|
|
|
5283 }
|
|
|
5284
|
|
|
5285 if (!got_clstr)
|
|
|
5286 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified"));
|
|
|
5287 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
5288 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
5289 }
|
|
|
5290
|
|
|
5291 /*
|
|
|
5292 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array.
|
|
|
5293 */
|
|
|
5294 static void
|
|
|
5295 init_syn_patterns()
|
|
|
5296 {
|
|
|
5297 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T);
|
|
|
5298 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5299 }
|
|
|
5300
|
|
|
5301 /*
|
|
|
5302 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command.
|
|
|
5303 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T.
|
|
|
5304 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error.
|
|
|
5305 */
|
|
|
5306 static char_u *
|
|
|
5307 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci)
|
|
|
5308 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
5309 synpat_T *ci;
|
|
|
5310 {
|
|
|
5311 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5312 int *p;
|
|
|
5313 int idx;
|
|
|
5314 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5315
|
|
|
5316 /* need at least three chars */
|
|
|
5317 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL)
|
|
|
5318 return NULL;
|
|
|
5319
|
|
|
5320 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5321 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5322 {
|
|
|
5323 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5324 return NULL;
|
|
|
5325 }
|
|
|
5326 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5327 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5328 return NULL;
|
|
|
5329
|
|
|
5330 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5331 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5332 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5333 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5334 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5335
|
|
|
5336 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5337 return NULL;
|
|
|
5338 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5339
|
|
|
5340 /*
|
|
|
5341 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset.
|
|
|
5342 */
|
|
|
5343 ++end;
|
|
|
5344 do
|
|
|
5345 {
|
|
|
5346 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
5347 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0)
|
|
|
5348 break;
|
|
|
5349 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5350 {
|
|
|
5351 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]);
|
|
|
5352 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
5353 switch (end[3])
|
|
|
5354 {
|
|
|
5355 case 's': break;
|
|
|
5356 case 'b': break;
|
|
|
5357 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break;
|
|
|
5358 default: idx = -1; break;
|
|
|
5359 }
|
|
|
5360 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5361 {
|
|
|
5362 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx);
|
|
|
5363 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */
|
|
|
5364 {
|
|
|
5365 end += 3;
|
|
|
5366 *p = getdigits(&end);
|
|
|
5367
|
|
|
5368 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */
|
|
|
5369 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF)))
|
|
|
5370 {
|
|
|
5371 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF);
|
|
|
5372 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p;
|
|
|
5373 }
|
|
|
5374 }
|
|
|
5375 else /* yy=x+99 */
|
|
|
5376 {
|
|
|
5377 end += 4;
|
|
|
5378 if (*end == '+')
|
|
|
5379 {
|
|
|
5380 ++end;
|
|
|
5381 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */
|
|
|
5382 }
|
|
|
5383 else if (*end == '-')
|
|
|
5384 {
|
|
|
5385 ++end;
|
|
|
5386 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */
|
|
|
5387 }
|
|
|
5388 }
|
|
|
5389 if (*end != ',')
|
|
|
5390 break;
|
|
|
5391 ++end;
|
|
|
5392 }
|
|
|
5393 }
|
|
|
5394 } while (idx >= 0);
|
|
|
5395
|
|
|
5396 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end))
|
|
|
5397 {
|
|
|
5398 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5399 return NULL;
|
|
|
5400 }
|
|
|
5401 return skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5402 }
|
|
|
5403
|
|
|
5404 /*
|
|
|
5405 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command.
|
|
|
5406 */
|
|
|
5407 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5408 static void
|
|
|
5409 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5410 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5411 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5412 {
|
|
|
5413 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5414 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
5415 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
5416 char_u *next_arg;
|
|
|
5417 int illegal = FALSE;
|
|
|
5418 int finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
5419 long n;
|
|
|
5420 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5421
|
|
|
5422 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5423 {
|
|
|
5424 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5425 return;
|
|
|
5426 }
|
|
|
5427
|
|
|
5428 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5429 {
|
|
|
5430 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start);
|
|
|
5431 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5432 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5433 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start));
|
|
|
5434 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0)
|
|
|
5435 {
|
|
|
5436 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5437 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT;
|
|
|
5438 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg))
|
|
|
5439 {
|
|
|
5440 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg);
|
|
|
5441 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5442 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg,
|
|
|
5443 (int)(arg_end - next_arg));
|
|
|
5444 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5445 }
|
|
|
5446 else if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5447 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment");
|
|
|
5448 }
|
|
|
5449 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0
|
|
|
5450 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5451 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5452 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0)
|
|
|
5453 {
|
|
|
5454 if (key[4] == 'S')
|
|
|
5455 arg_end = key + 6;
|
|
|
5456 else if (key[0] == 'L')
|
|
|
5457 arg_end = key + 11;
|
|
|
5458 else
|
|
|
5459 arg_end = key + 9;
|
|
|
5460 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end))
|
|
|
5461 {
|
|
|
5462 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5463 break;
|
|
|
5464 }
|
|
|
5465 n = getdigits(&arg_end);
|
|
|
5466 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5467 {
|
|
|
5468 if (key[4] == 'B')
|
|
|
5469 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n;
|
|
|
5470 else if (key[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5471 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n;
|
|
|
5472 else
|
|
|
5473 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n;
|
|
|
5474 }
|
|
|
5475 }
|
|
|
5476 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0)
|
|
|
5477 {
|
|
|
5478 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5479 {
|
|
|
5480 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM;
|
|
|
5481 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
5482 }
|
|
|
5483 }
|
|
|
5484 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0)
|
|
|
5485 {
|
|
|
5486 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL)
|
|
|
5487 {
|
|
|
5488 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice"));
|
|
|
5489 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5490 break;
|
|
|
5491 }
|
|
|
5492 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5493 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5494 {
|
|
|
5495 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5496 break;
|
|
|
5497 }
|
|
|
5498
|
|
|
5499 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5500 {
|
|
|
5501 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5502 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1,
|
|
|
5503 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5504 {
|
|
|
5505 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5506 break;
|
|
|
5507 }
|
|
|
5508 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5509
|
|
|
5510 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5511 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5512 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5513 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog =
|
|
|
5514 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5515 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5516
|
|
|
5517 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5518 {
|
|
|
5519 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
5520 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
5521 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5522 break;
|
|
|
5523 }
|
|
|
5524 }
|
|
|
5525 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1);
|
|
|
5526 }
|
|
|
5527 else
|
|
|
5528 {
|
|
|
5529 eap->arg = next_arg;
|
|
|
5530 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0)
|
|
|
5531 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5532 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0)
|
|
|
5533 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5534 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0)
|
|
|
5535 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5536 else
|
|
|
5537 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5538 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5539 break;
|
|
|
5540 }
|
|
|
5541 arg_start = next_arg;
|
|
|
5542 }
|
|
|
5543 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5544 if (illegal)
|
|
|
5545 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start);
|
|
|
5546 else if (!finished)
|
|
|
5547 {
|
|
|
5548 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start);
|
|
745
|
5549 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
5550 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5551 }
|
|
|
5552 }
|
|
|
5553
|
|
|
5554 /*
|
|
|
5555 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers.
|
|
|
5556 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword.
|
|
|
5557 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name.
|
|
|
5558 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added).
|
|
|
5559 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success.
|
|
|
5560 */
|
|
|
5561 static int
|
|
|
5562 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list)
|
|
|
5563 char_u **arg;
|
|
|
5564 int keylen; /* length of keyword */
|
|
|
5565 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not
|
|
|
5566 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */
|
|
|
5567 {
|
|
|
5568 char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
|
5569 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5570 int round;
|
|
|
5571 int count;
|
|
|
5572 int total_count = 0;
|
|
|
5573 short *retval = NULL;
|
|
|
5574 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5575 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
5576 int id;
|
|
|
5577 int i;
|
|
|
5578 int failed = FALSE;
|
|
|
5579
|
|
|
5580 /*
|
|
|
5581 * We parse the list twice:
|
|
|
5582 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array.
|
|
|
5583 * round == 2: fill the array with the items.
|
|
|
5584 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to
|
|
|
5585 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again.
|
|
|
5586 */
|
|
|
5587 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
5588 {
|
|
|
5589 /*
|
|
|
5590 * skip "contains"
|
|
|
5591 */
|
|
|
5592 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen);
|
|
|
5593 if (*p != '=')
|
|
|
5594 {
|
|
|
5595 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5596 break;
|
|
|
5597 }
|
|
|
5598 p = skipwhite(p + 1);
|
|
|
5599 if (ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5600 {
|
|
|
5601 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5602 break;
|
|
|
5603 }
|
|
|
5604
|
|
|
5605 /*
|
|
|
5606 * parse the arguments after "contains"
|
|
|
5607 */
|
|
|
5608 count = 0;
|
|
|
5609 while (!ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5610 {
|
|
|
5611 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end)
|
|
|
5612 ;
|
|
|
5613 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */
|
|
|
5614 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5615 {
|
|
|
5616 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5617 break;
|
|
|
5618 }
|
|
419
|
5619 vim_strncpy(name + 1, p, end - p);
|
|
7
|
5620 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0
|
|
|
5621 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0
|
|
|
5622 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0
|
|
|
5623 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0)
|
|
|
5624 {
|
|
|
5625 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C')
|
|
|
5626 {
|
|
|
5627 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5628 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5629 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5630 break;
|
|
|
5631 }
|
|
|
5632 if (count != 0)
|
|
|
5633 {
|
|
|
5634 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5635 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5636 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5637 break;
|
|
|
5638 }
|
|
|
5639 if (name[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5640 id = SYNID_ALLBUT;
|
|
|
5641 else if (name[1] == 'T')
|
|
|
5642 id = SYNID_TOP;
|
|
|
5643 else
|
|
|
5644 id = SYNID_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
5645 id += current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
5646 }
|
|
|
5647 else if (name[1] == '@')
|
|
|
5648 {
|
|
|
5649 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1));
|
|
|
5650 }
|
|
|
5651 else
|
|
|
5652 {
|
|
|
5653 /*
|
|
|
5654 * Handle full group name.
|
|
|
5655 */
|
|
|
5656 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL)
|
|
|
5657 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
5658 else
|
|
|
5659 {
|
|
|
5660 /*
|
|
|
5661 * Handle match of regexp with group names.
|
|
|
5662 */
|
|
|
5663 *name = '^';
|
|
|
5664 STRCAT(name, "$");
|
|
|
5665 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5666 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
5667 {
|
|
|
5668 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5669 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5670 break;
|
|
|
5671 }
|
|
|
5672
|
|
|
5673 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
5674 id = 0;
|
|
|
5675 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5676 {
|
|
|
5677 if (vim_regexec(®match, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name,
|
|
|
5678 (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
5679 {
|
|
|
5680 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5681 {
|
|
|
5682 /* Got more items than expected; can happen
|
|
|
5683 * when adding items that match:
|
|
|
5684 * "contains=a.*b,axb".
|
|
|
5685 * Go back to first round */
|
|
|
5686 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5687 {
|
|
|
5688 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5689 round = 1;
|
|
|
5690 }
|
|
|
5691 else
|
|
|
5692 retval[count] = i + 1;
|
|
|
5693 }
|
|
|
5694 ++count;
|
|
|
5695 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */
|
|
|
5696 }
|
|
|
5697 }
|
|
|
5698 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
5699 }
|
|
|
5700 }
|
|
|
5701 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5702 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
5703 {
|
|
|
5704 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p);
|
|
|
5705 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5706 break;
|
|
|
5707 }
|
|
|
5708 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
5709 {
|
|
|
5710 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5711 {
|
|
|
5712 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */
|
|
|
5713 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5714 {
|
|
|
5715 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5716 round = 1;
|
|
|
5717 }
|
|
|
5718 else
|
|
|
5719 retval[count] = id;
|
|
|
5720 }
|
|
|
5721 ++count;
|
|
|
5722 }
|
|
|
5723 p = skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5724 if (*p != ',')
|
|
|
5725 break;
|
|
|
5726 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */
|
|
|
5727 }
|
|
|
5728 if (failed)
|
|
|
5729 break;
|
|
|
5730 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
5731 {
|
|
|
5732 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
5733 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5734 break;
|
|
|
5735 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */
|
|
|
5736 total_count = count;
|
|
|
5737 }
|
|
|
5738 }
|
|
|
5739
|
|
|
5740 *arg = p;
|
|
|
5741 if (failed || retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5742 {
|
|
|
5743 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5744 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5745 }
|
|
|
5746
|
|
|
5747 if (*list == NULL)
|
|
|
5748 *list = retval;
|
|
|
5749 else
|
|
|
5750 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */
|
|
|
5751
|
|
|
5752 return OK;
|
|
|
5753 }
|
|
|
5754
|
|
|
5755 /*
|
|
|
5756 * Make a copy of an ID list.
|
|
|
5757 */
|
|
|
5758 static short *
|
|
|
5759 copy_id_list(list)
|
|
|
5760 short *list;
|
|
|
5761 {
|
|
|
5762 int len;
|
|
|
5763 int count;
|
|
|
5764 short *retval;
|
|
|
5765
|
|
|
5766 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5767 return NULL;
|
|
|
5768
|
|
|
5769 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count)
|
|
|
5770 ;
|
|
|
5771 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short);
|
|
|
5772 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
5773 if (retval != NULL)
|
|
|
5774 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
5775
|
|
|
5776 return retval;
|
|
|
5777 }
|
|
|
5778
|
|
|
5779 /*
|
|
|
5780 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si".
|
|
|
5781 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list.
|
|
|
5782 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of
|
|
|
5783 * the current item.
|
|
|
5784 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!!
|
|
|
5785 */
|
|
|
5786 static int
|
|
|
5787 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained)
|
|
|
5788 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */
|
|
|
5789 short *list; /* id list */
|
|
|
5790 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */
|
|
|
5791 int contained; /* group id is contained */
|
|
|
5792 {
|
|
|
5793 int retval;
|
|
|
5794 short *scl_list;
|
|
|
5795 short item;
|
|
|
5796 short id = ssp->id;
|
|
|
5797 static int depth = 0;
|
|
|
5798 int r;
|
|
|
5799
|
|
|
5800 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */
|
|
36
|
5801 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL
|
|
|
5802 && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
7
|
5803 {
|
|
|
5804 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check
|
|
|
5805 * that we don't go back past the first one. */
|
|
|
5806 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT)
|
|
|
5807 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))
|
|
|
5808 --cur_si;
|
|
|
5809 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */
|
|
|
5810 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list,
|
|
|
5811 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn),
|
|
|
5812 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
5813 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5814 }
|
|
|
5815
|
|
|
5816 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5817 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5818
|
|
|
5819 /*
|
|
|
5820 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't
|
|
|
5821 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups.
|
|
|
5822 */
|
|
|
5823 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL)
|
|
|
5824 return !contained;
|
|
|
5825
|
|
|
5826 /*
|
|
|
5827 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the
|
|
|
5828 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include"
|
|
|
5829 * level as the list.
|
|
|
5830 */
|
|
|
5831 item = *list;
|
|
|
5832 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5833 {
|
|
|
5834 if (item < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
5835 {
|
|
|
5836 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5837 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag)
|
|
|
5838 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5839 }
|
|
|
5840 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
5841 {
|
|
|
5842 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5843 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained)
|
|
|
5844 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5845 }
|
|
|
5846 else
|
|
|
5847 {
|
|
|
5848 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5849 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained)
|
|
|
5850 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5851 }
|
|
|
5852 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5853 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5854 }
|
|
|
5855 else
|
|
|
5856 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5857
|
|
|
5858 /*
|
|
|
5859 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list.
|
|
|
5860 */
|
|
|
5861 while (item != 0)
|
|
|
5862 {
|
|
|
5863 if (item == id)
|
|
|
5864 return retval;
|
|
|
5865 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5866 {
|
|
|
5867 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list;
|
|
|
5868 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a
|
|
|
5869 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */
|
|
|
5870 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30)
|
|
|
5871 {
|
|
|
5872 ++depth;
|
|
|
5873 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained);
|
|
|
5874 --depth;
|
|
|
5875 if (r)
|
|
|
5876 return retval;
|
|
|
5877 }
|
|
|
5878 }
|
|
|
5879 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5880 }
|
|
|
5881 return !retval;
|
|
|
5882 }
|
|
|
5883
|
|
|
5884 struct subcommand
|
|
|
5885 {
|
|
|
5886 char *name; /* subcommand name */
|
|
|
5887 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */
|
|
|
5888 };
|
|
|
5889
|
|
|
5890 static struct subcommand subcommands[] =
|
|
|
5891 {
|
|
|
5892 {"case", syn_cmd_case},
|
|
|
5893 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear},
|
|
|
5894 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster},
|
|
|
5895 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable},
|
|
|
5896 {"include", syn_cmd_include},
|
|
|
5897 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword},
|
|
|
5898 {"list", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5899 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual},
|
|
|
5900 {"match", syn_cmd_match},
|
|
|
5901 {"on", syn_cmd_on},
|
|
|
5902 {"off", syn_cmd_off},
|
|
|
5903 {"region", syn_cmd_region},
|
|
|
5904 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset},
|
|
419
|
5905 {"spell", syn_cmd_spell},
|
|
7
|
5906 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync},
|
|
|
5907 {"", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5908 {NULL, NULL}
|
|
|
5909 };
|
|
|
5910
|
|
|
5911 /*
|
|
|
5912 * ":syntax".
|
|
|
5913 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a
|
|
|
5914 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest.
|
|
|
5915 */
|
|
|
5916 void
|
|
|
5917 ex_syntax(eap)
|
|
|
5918 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5919 {
|
|
|
5920 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5921 char_u *subcmd_end;
|
|
|
5922 char_u *subcmd_name;
|
|
|
5923 int i;
|
|
|
5924
|
|
|
5925 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep;
|
|
|
5926
|
|
|
5927 /* isolate subcommand name */
|
|
|
5928 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end)
|
|
|
5929 ;
|
|
|
5930 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg));
|
|
|
5931 if (subcmd_name != NULL)
|
|
|
5932 {
|
|
|
5933 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */
|
|
|
5934 ++emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5935 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
|
5936 {
|
|
|
5937 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL)
|
|
|
5938 {
|
|
|
5939 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5940 break;
|
|
|
5941 }
|
|
|
5942 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
5943 {
|
|
|
5944 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end);
|
|
|
5945 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE);
|
|
|
5946 break;
|
|
|
5947 }
|
|
|
5948 }
|
|
|
5949 vim_free(subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5950 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5951 --emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5952 }
|
|
|
5953 }
|
|
|
5954
|
|
|
5955 int
|
|
|
5956 syntax_present(buf)
|
|
|
5957 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
5958 {
|
|
|
5959 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0
|
|
|
5960 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0
|
|
134
|
5961 || curbuf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|
5962 || curbuf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
7
|
5963 }
|
|
|
5964
|
|
|
5965 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5966
|
|
|
5967 static enum
|
|
|
5968 {
|
|
|
5969 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */
|
|
|
5970 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */
|
|
|
5971 } expand_what;
|
|
|
5972
|
|
1322
|
5973 /*
|
|
|
5974 * Reset include_link, include_default, include_none to 0.
|
|
|
5975 * Called when we are done expanding.
|
|
|
5976 */
|
|
|
5977 void
|
|
|
5978 reset_expand_highlight()
|
|
|
5979 {
|
|
|
5980 include_link = include_default = include_none = 0;
|
|
|
5981 }
|
|
|
5982
|
|
|
5983 /*
|
|
|
5984 * Handle command line completion for :match and :echohl command: Add "None"
|
|
|
5985 * as highlight group.
|
|
|
5986 */
|
|
|
5987 void
|
|
|
5988 set_context_in_echohl_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
5989 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
5990 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
5991 {
|
|
|
5992 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
5993 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
5994 include_none = 1;
|
|
|
5995 }
|
|
7
|
5996
|
|
|
5997 /*
|
|
|
5998 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command.
|
|
|
5999 */
|
|
|
6000 void
|
|
|
6001 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
6002 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
6003 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
6004 {
|
|
|
6005 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6006
|
|
|
6007 /* Default: expand subcommands */
|
|
|
6008 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX;
|
|
|
6009 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
|
|
|
6010 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
1322
|
6011 include_link = 0;
|
|
|
6012 include_default = 0;
|
|
7
|
6013
|
|
|
6014 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
6015 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
6016 {
|
|
|
6017 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
6018 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */
|
|
|
6019 {
|
|
|
6020 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
6021 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
|
|
|
6022 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
6023 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
6024 expand_what = EXP_CASE;
|
|
|
6025 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
6026 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
6027 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
6028 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
6029 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
6030 else
|
|
|
6031 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
6032 }
|
|
|
6033 }
|
|
|
6034 }
|
|
|
6035
|
|
|
6036 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL};
|
|
|
6037
|
|
|
6038 /*
|
|
|
6039 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for
|
|
|
6040 * expansion.
|
|
|
6041 */
|
|
|
6042 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
6043 char_u *
|
|
|
6044 get_syntax_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
6045 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
6046 int idx;
|
|
|
6047 {
|
|
|
6048 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD)
|
|
|
6049 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name;
|
|
|
6050 return (char_u *)case_args[idx];
|
|
|
6051 }
|
|
|
6052
|
|
|
6053 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
6054
|
|
|
6055 /*
|
|
|
6056 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position.
|
|
|
6057 */
|
|
|
6058 int
|
|
499
|
6059 syn_get_id(wp, lnum, col, trans, spellp)
|
|
|
6060 win_T *wp;
|
|
7
|
6061 long lnum;
|
|
253
|
6062 colnr_T col;
|
|
7
|
6063 int trans; /* remove transparancy */
|
|
253
|
6064 int *spellp; /* return: can do spell checking */
|
|
7
|
6065 {
|
|
|
6066 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same
|
|
|
6067 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */
|
|
499
|
6068 if (wp->w_buffer != syn_buf
|
|
7
|
6069 || lnum != current_lnum
|
|
253
|
6070 || col < current_col)
|
|
499
|
6071 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
|
|
7
|
6072
|
|
253
|
6073 (void)get_syntax_attr(col, spellp);
|
|
7
|
6074
|
|
|
6075 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id);
|
|
|
6076 }
|
|
|
6077
|
|
|
6078 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6079 /*
|
|
|
6080 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp".
|
|
|
6081 */
|
|
|
6082 int
|
|
|
6083 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
6084 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
6085 long lnum;
|
|
|
6086 {
|
|
|
6087 int level = 0;
|
|
|
6088 int i;
|
|
|
6089
|
|
|
6090 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */
|
|
|
6091 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0)
|
|
|
6092 {
|
|
|
6093 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
6094
|
|
|
6095 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
6096 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
6097 ++level;
|
|
|
6098 }
|
|
|
6099 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn)
|
|
1028
|
6100 {
|
|
7
|
6101 level = wp->w_p_fdn;
|
|
1028
|
6102 if (level < 0)
|
|
|
6103 level = 0;
|
|
|
6104 }
|
|
7
|
6105 return level;
|
|
|
6106 }
|
|
|
6107 #endif
|
|
|
6108
|
|
|
6109 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
6110
|
|
|
6111
|
|
|
6112 /**************************************
|
|
|
6113 * Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
6114 **************************************/
|
|
|
6115
|
|
|
6116 /*
|
|
|
6117 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and
|
|
|
6118 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found.
|
|
|
6119 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim!
|
|
806
|
6120 * The #ifdefs are needed to reduce the amount of static data. Helps to make
|
|
|
6121 * the 16 bit DOS (museum) version compile.
|
|
7
|
6122 */
|
|
809
|
6123 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6124 # define CENT(a, b) b
|
|
|
6125 #else
|
|
|
6126 # define CENT(a, b) a
|
|
|
6127 #endif
|
|
7
|
6128 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) =
|
|
|
6129 {
|
|
809
|
6130 CENT("ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White",
|
|
|
6131 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White"),
|
|
1161
|
6132 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
|
|
809
|
6133 CENT("IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse",
|
|
|
6134 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
|
1161
|
6135 #endif
|
|
809
|
6136 CENT("ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold",
|
|
|
6137 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
|
|
|
6138 CENT("NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue",
|
|
|
6139 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue"),
|
|
|
6140 CENT("StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold",
|
|
|
6141 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold"),
|
|
|
6142 CENT("StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse",
|
|
|
6143 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
|
806
|
6144 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
809
|
6145 CENT("VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse",
|
|
|
6146 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
|
806
|
6147 #endif
|
|
|
6148 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
|
|
809
|
6149 CENT("VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold",
|
|
|
6150 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold"),
|
|
806
|
6151 #endif
|
|
|
6152 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
809
|
6153 CENT("DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red",
|
|
|
6154 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red"),
|
|
806
|
6155 #endif
|
|
|
6156 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
809
|
6157 CENT("PmenuThumb cterm=reverse",
|
|
|
6158 "PmenuThumb cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
|
|
6159 CENT("PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey",
|
|
|
6160 "PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey guibg=Grey"),
|
|
806
|
6161 #endif
|
|
|
6162 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
809
|
6163 CENT("TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold",
|
|
|
6164 "TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
|
|
|
6165 CENT("TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse",
|
|
|
6166 "TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
|
806
|
6167 #endif
|
|
7
|
6168 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6169 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg",
|
|
809
|
6170 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */
|
|
7
|
6171 #endif
|
|
|
6172 NULL
|
|
|
6173 };
|
|
|
6174
|
|
|
6175 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) =
|
|
|
6176 {
|
|
809
|
6177 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6178 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
|
|
|
6179 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown",
|
|
|
6180 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown"),
|
|
|
6181 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen",
|
|
|
6182 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
|
|
|
6183 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen",
|
|
|
6184 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
|
|
|
6185 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE",
|
|
|
6186 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE"),
|
|
806
|
6187 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
809
|
6188 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed",
|
|
|
6189 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
|
|
|
6190 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue",
|
|
|
6191 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
|
|
|
6192 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6193 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
|
|
|
6194 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6195 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl"),
|
|
806
|
6196 #endif
|
|
|
6197 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
809
|
6198 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6199 "Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
|
|
|
6200 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey",
|
|
|
6201 "PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey"),
|
|
806
|
6202 #endif
|
|
809
|
6203 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6204 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
|
|
|
6205 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta",
|
|
|
6206 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
|
|
|
6207 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed",
|
|
|
6208 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red"),
|
|
806
|
6209 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
|
|
809
|
6210 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
|
|
|
6211 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
|
|
806
|
6212 #endif
|
|
|
6213 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
809
|
6214 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6215 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue"),
|
|
|
6216 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6217 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
|
|
806
|
6218 #endif
|
|
|
6219 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
809
|
6220 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6221 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
|
|
806
|
6222 #endif
|
|
|
6223 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
836
|
6224 CENT("Visual term=reverse",
|
|
|
6225 "Visual term=reverse guibg=LightGrey"),
|
|
806
|
6226 #endif
|
|
|
6227 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
809
|
6228 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue",
|
|
|
6229 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue"),
|
|
|
6230 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6231 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
|
|
|
6232 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan",
|
|
|
6233 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan"),
|
|
806
|
6234 #endif
|
|
|
6235 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
809
|
6236 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey",
|
|
|
6237 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey gui=underline guibg=LightGrey"),
|
|
806
|
6238 #endif
|
|
|
6239 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
809
|
6240 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey",
|
|
818
|
6241 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey90"),
|
|
809
|
6242 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
|
|
818
|
6243 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey90"),
|
|
806
|
6244 #endif
|
|
834
|
6245 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6246 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6247 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan guibg=Cyan"),
|
|
|
6248 #endif
|
|
806
|
6249 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7
|
6250 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
806
|
6251 #endif
|
|
7
|
6252 NULL
|
|
|
6253 };
|
|
|
6254
|
|
|
6255 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) =
|
|
|
6256 {
|
|
809
|
6257 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan",
|
|
|
6258 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan"),
|
|
|
6259 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow",
|
|
|
6260 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow"),
|
|
|
6261 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen",
|
|
|
6262 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
|
|
|
6263 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen",
|
|
|
6264 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green"),
|
|
|
6265 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
|
|
|
6266 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
|
|
|
6267 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue",
|
|
|
6268 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan"),
|
|
806
|
6269 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
809
|
6270 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red",
|
|
|
6271 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
|
|
|
6272 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue",
|
|
|
6273 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
|
|
|
6274 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta",
|
|
|
6275 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
|
|
|
6276 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6277 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl"),
|
|
806
|
6278 #endif
|
|
|
6279 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
809
|
6280 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta",
|
|
|
6281 "Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta guibg=Magenta"),
|
|
|
6282 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey",
|
|
|
6283 "PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=DarkGrey"),
|
|
806
|
6284 #endif
|
|
809
|
6285 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6286 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
|
|
|
6287 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed",
|
|
|
6288 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red"),
|
|
806
|
6289 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
|
|
809
|
6290 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
|
|
|
6291 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
|
|
806
|
6292 #endif
|
|
|
6293 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
809
|
6294 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6295 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan"),
|
|
|
6296 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6297 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
|
|
806
|
6298 #endif
|
|
|
6299 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
809
|
6300 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6301 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
|
|
806
|
6302 #endif
|
|
|
6303 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
836
|
6304 CENT("Visual term=reverse",
|
|
|
6305 "Visual term=reverse guibg=DarkGrey"),
|
|
806
|
6306 #endif
|
|
|
6307 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
809
|
6308 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6309 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue"),
|
|
|
6310 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta",
|
|
|
6311 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta"),
|
|
|
6312 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan",
|
|
|
6313 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan"),
|
|
806
|
6314 #endif
|
|
|
6315 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
809
|
6316 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey",
|
|
|
6317 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey gui=underline guibg=DarkGrey"),
|
|
806
|
6318 #endif
|
|
|
6319 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
809
|
6320 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey",
|
|
834
|
6321 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=Grey40"),
|
|
809
|
6322 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
|
|
834
|
6323 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey40"),
|
|
|
6324 #endif
|
|
|
6325 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6326 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan",
|
|
|
6327 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan guibg=DarkCyan"),
|
|
806
|
6328 #endif
|
|
|
6329 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7
|
6330 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
806
|
6331 #endif
|
|
7
|
6332 NULL
|
|
|
6333 };
|
|
|
6334
|
|
|
6335 void
|
|
|
6336 init_highlight(both, reset)
|
|
|
6337 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */
|
|
|
6338 int reset; /* clear group first */
|
|
|
6339 {
|
|
|
6340 int i;
|
|
|
6341 char **pp;
|
|
|
6342 static int had_both = FALSE;
|
|
|
6343 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6344 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6345
|
|
|
6346 /*
|
|
|
6347 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded
|
|
|
6348 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed.
|
|
|
6349 */
|
|
|
6350 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name");
|
|
|
6351 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK)
|
|
|
6352 return;
|
|
|
6353 #endif
|
|
|
6354
|
|
|
6355 /*
|
|
|
6356 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors.
|
|
|
6357 */
|
|
|
6358 if (both)
|
|
|
6359 {
|
|
|
6360 had_both = TRUE;
|
|
|
6361 pp = highlight_init_both;
|
|
|
6362 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6363 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6364 }
|
|
|
6365 else if (!had_both)
|
|
|
6366 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main().
|
|
|
6367 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule
|
|
|
6368 * everything anyway. */
|
|
|
6369 return;
|
|
|
6370
|
|
|
6371 if (*p_bg == 'l')
|
|
|
6372 pp = highlight_init_light;
|
|
|
6373 else
|
|
|
6374 pp = highlight_init_dark;
|
|
|
6375 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6376 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6377
|
|
836
|
6378 /* Reverse looks ugly, but grey may not work for 8 colors. Thus let it
|
|
844
|
6379 * depend on the number of colors available.
|
|
|
6380 * With 8 colors brown is equal to yellow, need to use black for Search fg
|
|
|
6381 * to avoid Statement highlighted text disappears. */
|
|
527
|
6382 if (t_colors > 8)
|
|
|
6383 do_highlight((char_u *)(*p_bg == 'l' ? "Visual ctermbg=LightGrey"
|
|
838
|
6384 : "Visual ctermbg=DarkGrey"), FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
836
|
6385 else
|
|
844
|
6386 {
|
|
838
|
6387 do_highlight((char_u *)"Visual cterm=reverse", FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
844
|
6388 if (*p_bg == 'l')
|
|
|
6389 do_highlight((char_u *)"Search ctermfg=black", FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6390 }
|
|
527
|
6391
|
|
7
|
6392 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6393 /*
|
|
|
6394 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it.
|
|
|
6395 */
|
|
|
6396 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL)
|
|
24
|
6397 {
|
|
|
6398 static int recursive = 0;
|
|
|
6399
|
|
|
6400 if (recursive >= 5)
|
|
|
6401 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim"));
|
|
|
6402 else
|
|
|
6403 {
|
|
|
6404 ++recursive;
|
|
480
|
6405 (void)source_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE);
|
|
24
|
6406 --recursive;
|
|
|
6407 }
|
|
|
6408 }
|
|
7
|
6409 #endif
|
|
|
6410 }
|
|
|
6411
|
|
|
6412 /*
|
|
12
|
6413 * Load color file "name".
|
|
7
|
6414 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
|
|
|
6415 */
|
|
|
6416 int
|
|
12
|
6417 load_colors(name)
|
|
|
6418 char_u *name;
|
|
7
|
6419 {
|
|
|
6420 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
6421 int retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
6422 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6423
|
|
|
6424 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting
|
|
|
6425 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is
|
|
|
6426 * working, thus we should return OK. */
|
|
|
6427 if (recursive)
|
|
|
6428 return OK;
|
|
|
6429
|
|
|
6430 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
12
|
6431 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12));
|
|
7
|
6432 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
6433 {
|
|
12
|
6434 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name);
|
|
480
|
6435 retval = source_runtime(buf, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
6436 vim_free(buf);
|
|
12
|
6437 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6438 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
6439 #endif
|
|
7
|
6440 }
|
|
|
6441 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6442
|
|
|
6443 return retval;
|
|
|
6444 }
|
|
|
6445
|
|
|
6446 /*
|
|
|
6447 * Handle the ":highlight .." command.
|
|
|
6448 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with
|
|
|
6449 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE.
|
|
|
6450 */
|
|
|
6451 void
|
|
|
6452 do_highlight(line, forceit, init)
|
|
|
6453 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6454 int forceit;
|
|
|
6455 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */
|
|
|
6456 {
|
|
|
6457 char_u *name_end;
|
|
|
6458 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6459 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
6460 char_u *key_start;
|
|
|
6461 char_u *arg_start;
|
|
|
6462 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL;
|
|
|
6463 long i;
|
|
|
6464 int off;
|
|
|
6465 int len;
|
|
|
6466 int attr;
|
|
|
6467 int id;
|
|
|
6468 int idx;
|
|
|
6469 int dodefault = FALSE;
|
|
|
6470 int doclear = FALSE;
|
|
|
6471 int dolink = FALSE;
|
|
|
6472 int error = FALSE;
|
|
|
6473 int color;
|
|
|
6474 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */
|
|
|
6475 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6476 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */
|
|
|
6477 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */
|
|
|
6478 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */
|
|
|
6479 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */
|
|
|
6480 #else
|
|
|
6481 # define is_menu_group 0
|
|
|
6482 # define is_tooltip_group 0
|
|
|
6483 #endif
|
|
|
6484
|
|
|
6485 /*
|
|
|
6486 * If no argument, list current highlighting.
|
|
|
6487 */
|
|
|
6488 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6489 {
|
|
|
6490 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
|
|
|
6491 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */
|
|
|
6492 highlight_list_one((int)i);
|
|
|
6493 return;
|
|
|
6494 }
|
|
|
6495
|
|
|
6496 /*
|
|
|
6497 * Isolate the name.
|
|
|
6498 */
|
|
|
6499 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6500 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6501
|
|
|
6502 /*
|
|
|
6503 * Check for "default" argument.
|
|
|
6504 */
|
|
|
6505 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6506 {
|
|
|
6507 dodefault = TRUE;
|
|
|
6508 line = linep;
|
|
|
6509 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6510 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6511 }
|
|
|
6512
|
|
|
6513 /*
|
|
|
6514 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument.
|
|
|
6515 */
|
|
|
6516 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6517 doclear = TRUE;
|
|
|
6518 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6519 dolink = TRUE;
|
|
|
6520
|
|
|
6521 /*
|
|
|
6522 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
6523 */
|
|
|
6524 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6525 {
|
|
|
6526 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6527 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
6528 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line);
|
|
|
6529 else
|
|
|
6530 highlight_list_one(id);
|
|
|
6531 return;
|
|
|
6532 }
|
|
|
6533
|
|
|
6534 /*
|
|
|
6535 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command.
|
|
|
6536 */
|
|
|
6537 if (dolink)
|
|
|
6538 {
|
|
|
6539 char_u *from_start = linep;
|
|
|
6540 char_u *from_end;
|
|
|
6541 char_u *to_start;
|
|
|
6542 char_u *to_end;
|
|
|
6543 int from_id;
|
|
|
6544 int to_id;
|
|
|
6545
|
|
|
6546 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start);
|
|
|
6547 to_start = skipwhite(from_end);
|
|
|
6548 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start);
|
|
|
6549
|
|
|
6550 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start))
|
|
|
6551 {
|
|
|
6552 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""),
|
|
|
6553 from_start);
|
|
|
6554 return;
|
|
|
6555 }
|
|
|
6556
|
|
|
6557 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end)))
|
|
|
6558 {
|
|
|
6559 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start);
|
|
|
6560 return;
|
|
|
6561 }
|
|
|
6562
|
|
|
6563 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start));
|
|
|
6564 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6565 to_id = 0;
|
|
|
6566 else
|
|
|
6567 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start));
|
|
|
6568
|
|
|
6569 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0))
|
|
|
6570 {
|
|
|
6571 /*
|
|
|
6572 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting
|
|
|
6573 * for the group, unless '!' is used
|
|
|
6574 */
|
|
|
6575 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init
|
|
|
6576 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault))
|
|
|
6577 {
|
|
|
6578 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault)
|
|
|
6579 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored"));
|
|
|
6580 }
|
|
|
6581 else
|
|
|
6582 {
|
|
|
6583 if (!init)
|
|
|
6584 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK;
|
|
|
6585 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id;
|
|
448
|
6586 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6587 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
|
|
|
6588 #endif
|
|
745
|
6589 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
6590 }
|
|
|
6591 }
|
|
|
6592
|
|
|
6593 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
6594 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
6595
|
|
|
6596 return;
|
|
|
6597 }
|
|
|
6598
|
|
|
6599 if (doclear)
|
|
|
6600 {
|
|
|
6601 /*
|
|
|
6602 * ":highlight clear [group]" command.
|
|
|
6603 */
|
|
|
6604 line = linep;
|
|
|
6605 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6606 {
|
|
|
6607 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6608 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new
|
|
|
6609 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values.
|
|
|
6610 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values
|
|
|
6611 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but
|
|
|
6612 * invalid because they were free'd.
|
|
|
6613 */
|
|
|
6614 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6615 {
|
|
|
6616 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
6617 gui_init_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
6618 # endif
|
|
|
6619 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF))
|
|
|
6620 gui_init_menu_font();
|
|
|
6621 # endif
|
|
|
6622 }
|
|
|
6623 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11)
|
|
|
6624 gui_mch_def_colors();
|
|
|
6625 # endif
|
|
|
6626 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6627 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6628
|
|
|
6629 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight
|
|
|
6630 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case.
|
|
|
6631 */
|
|
|
6632 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
6633 # endif
|
|
|
6634 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6635 {
|
|
|
6636 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
6637 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
6638 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
6639 # endif
|
|
|
6640 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6641 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
6642 # endif
|
|
|
6643 }
|
|
|
6644 # endif
|
|
|
6645
|
|
|
6646 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items.
|
|
|
6647 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point.
|
|
|
6648 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data.
|
|
|
6649 */
|
|
|
6650 #endif
|
|
|
6651 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
148
|
6652 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
6653 #endif
|
|
|
6654 restore_cterm_colors();
|
|
|
6655
|
|
|
6656 /*
|
|
|
6657 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults.
|
|
|
6658 */
|
|
|
6659 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
6660 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6661 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6662 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6663 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6664 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
6665 #endif
|
|
|
6666 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
6667 redraw_later_clear();
|
|
|
6668 return;
|
|
|
6669 }
|
|
|
6670 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6671 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6672 }
|
|
|
6673
|
|
|
6674 /*
|
|
|
6675 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it.
|
|
|
6676 */
|
|
|
6677 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6678 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */
|
|
|
6679 return;
|
|
|
6680 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
6681
|
|
|
6682 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */
|
|
|
6683 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE))
|
|
|
6684 return;
|
|
|
6685
|
|
|
6686 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
6687 is_normal_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6688 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6689 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0)
|
|
|
6690 is_menu_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6691 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0)
|
|
|
6692 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6693 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0)
|
|
|
6694 is_tooltip_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6695 #endif
|
|
|
6696
|
|
|
6697 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */
|
|
|
6698 if (doclear || (forceit && init))
|
|
|
6699 {
|
|
|
6700 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6701 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6702 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0;
|
|
|
6703 }
|
|
|
6704
|
|
|
6705 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6706 while (!ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6707 {
|
|
|
6708 key_start = linep;
|
|
|
6709 if (*linep == '=')
|
|
|
6710 {
|
|
|
6711 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6712 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6713 break;
|
|
|
6714 }
|
|
|
6715
|
|
|
6716 /*
|
|
|
6717 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or
|
|
|
6718 * "guibg").
|
|
|
6719 */
|
|
|
6720 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=')
|
|
|
6721 ++linep;
|
|
|
6722 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
6723 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start));
|
|
|
6724 if (key == NULL)
|
|
|
6725 {
|
|
|
6726 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6727 break;
|
|
|
6728 }
|
|
|
6729 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6730
|
|
|
6731 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
6732 {
|
|
|
6733 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0)
|
|
|
6734 {
|
|
|
6735 if (!init)
|
|
|
6736 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6737 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6738 }
|
|
|
6739 continue;
|
|
|
6740 }
|
|
|
6741
|
|
|
6742 /*
|
|
|
6743 * Check for the equal sign.
|
|
|
6744 */
|
|
|
6745 if (*linep != '=')
|
|
|
6746 {
|
|
|
6747 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6748 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6749 break;
|
|
|
6750 }
|
|
|
6751 ++linep;
|
|
|
6752
|
|
|
6753 /*
|
|
|
6754 * Isolate the argument.
|
|
|
6755 */
|
|
|
6756 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6757 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */
|
|
|
6758 {
|
|
|
6759 arg_start = ++linep;
|
|
|
6760 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\'');
|
|
|
6761 if (linep == NULL)
|
|
|
6762 {
|
|
|
6763 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start);
|
|
|
6764 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6765 break;
|
|
|
6766 }
|
|
|
6767 }
|
|
|
6768 else
|
|
|
6769 {
|
|
|
6770 arg_start = linep;
|
|
|
6771 linep = skiptowhite(linep);
|
|
|
6772 }
|
|
|
6773 if (linep == arg_start)
|
|
|
6774 {
|
|
|
6775 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6776 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6777 break;
|
|
|
6778 }
|
|
|
6779 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
6780 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start));
|
|
|
6781 if (arg == NULL)
|
|
|
6782 {
|
|
|
6783 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6784 break;
|
|
|
6785 }
|
|
|
6786 if (*linep == '\'')
|
|
|
6787 ++linep;
|
|
|
6788
|
|
|
6789 /*
|
|
|
6790 * Store the argument.
|
|
|
6791 */
|
|
|
6792 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0
|
|
|
6793 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0
|
|
|
6794 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0)
|
|
|
6795 {
|
|
|
6796 attr = 0;
|
|
|
6797 off = 0;
|
|
|
6798 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
6799 {
|
|
|
6800 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6801 {
|
|
|
6802 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
6803 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0)
|
|
|
6804 {
|
|
|
6805 attr |= hl_attr_table[i];
|
|
|
6806 off += len;
|
|
|
6807 break;
|
|
|
6808 }
|
|
|
6809 }
|
|
|
6810 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
6811 {
|
|
|
6812 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
6813 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6814 break;
|
|
|
6815 }
|
|
|
6816 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
6817 ++off;
|
|
|
6818 }
|
|
|
6819 if (error)
|
|
|
6820 break;
|
|
|
6821 if (*key == 'T')
|
|
|
6822 {
|
|
|
6823 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM))
|
|
|
6824 {
|
|
|
6825 if (!init)
|
|
|
6826 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
6827 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr;
|
|
|
6828 }
|
|
|
6829 }
|
|
|
6830 else if (*key == 'C')
|
|
|
6831 {
|
|
|
6832 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6833 {
|
|
|
6834 if (!init)
|
|
|
6835 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6836 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr;
|
|
|
6837 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6838 }
|
|
|
6839 }
|
|
|
6840 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6841 else
|
|
|
6842 {
|
|
|
6843 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6844 {
|
|
|
6845 if (!init)
|
|
|
6846 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6847 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr;
|
|
|
6848 }
|
|
|
6849 }
|
|
|
6850 #endif
|
|
|
6851 }
|
|
|
6852 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0)
|
|
|
6853 {
|
|
|
6854 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6855 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6856 if (!gui.shell_created)
|
|
|
6857 {
|
|
|
6858 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */
|
|
|
6859 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6860 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6861 }
|
|
|
6862 else
|
|
|
6863 {
|
|
|
6864 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
6865 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6866 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6867 # endif
|
|
|
6868 /* First, save the current font/fontset.
|
|
|
6869 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset.
|
|
|
6870 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR
|
|
|
6871 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively.
|
|
|
6872 */
|
|
|
6873
|
|
|
6874 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
6875 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6876 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
6877 # endif
|
|
|
6878 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group,
|
|
|
6879 is_tooltip_group);
|
|
|
6880
|
|
|
6881 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6882 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
6883 {
|
|
|
6884 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6885 * one.
|
|
|
6886 */
|
|
|
6887 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset);
|
|
|
6888 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6889 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6890 }
|
|
|
6891 else
|
|
|
6892 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6893 # endif
|
|
|
6894 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
6895 {
|
|
|
6896 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6897 * one.
|
|
|
6898 */
|
|
|
6899 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font);
|
|
|
6900 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6901 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6902 }
|
|
|
6903 else
|
|
|
6904 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font;
|
|
|
6905 }
|
|
|
6906 #endif
|
|
|
6907 }
|
|
|
6908 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0)
|
|
|
6909 {
|
|
|
6910 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6911 {
|
|
|
6912 if (!init)
|
|
|
6913 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6914
|
|
|
6915 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold"
|
|
|
6916 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */
|
|
|
6917 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold)
|
|
|
6918 {
|
|
|
6919 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6920 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6921 }
|
|
|
6922
|
|
|
6923 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
|
|
|
6924 color = atoi((char *)arg);
|
|
|
6925 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0)
|
|
|
6926 {
|
|
|
6927 if (cterm_normal_fg_color)
|
|
|
6928 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6929 else
|
|
|
6930 {
|
|
|
6931 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6932 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6933 break;
|
|
|
6934 }
|
|
|
6935 }
|
|
|
6936 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0)
|
|
|
6937 {
|
|
|
6938 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
|
|
|
6939 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6940 else
|
|
|
6941 {
|
|
|
6942 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6943 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6944 break;
|
|
|
6945 }
|
|
|
6946 }
|
|
|
6947 else
|
|
|
6948 {
|
|
|
6949 static char *(color_names[28]) = {
|
|
|
6950 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan",
|
|
|
6951 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow",
|
|
|
6952 "Gray", "Grey",
|
|
|
6953 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey",
|
|
|
6954 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen",
|
|
|
6955 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta",
|
|
|
6956 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"};
|
|
|
6957 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3,
|
|
|
6958 4, 5, 6, 6,
|
|
|
6959 7, 7,
|
|
|
6960 7, 7, 8, 8,
|
|
|
6961 9, 9, 10, 10,
|
|
|
6962 11, 11, 12, 12, 13,
|
|
|
6963 13, 14, 14, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6964 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */
|
|
|
6965 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6966 1, 5, 32, 72,
|
|
|
6967 84, 84,
|
|
|
6968 7, 7, 82, 82,
|
|
|
6969 12, 43, 10, 61,
|
|
|
6970 14, 63, 9, 74, 13,
|
|
|
6971 75, 11, 78, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6972 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */
|
|
|
6973 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6974 1, 5, 130, 130,
|
|
|
6975 248, 248,
|
|
|
6976 7, 7, 242, 242,
|
|
|
6977 12, 81, 10, 121,
|
|
|
6978 14, 159, 9, 224, 13,
|
|
|
6979 225, 11, 229, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6980 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */
|
|
|
6981 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6982 1, 5, 3, 3,
|
|
|
6983 7, 7,
|
|
|
6984 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8,
|
|
|
6985 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8,
|
|
|
6986 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8,
|
|
|
6987 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1};
|
|
|
6988 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
6989 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8;
|
|
|
6990 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */
|
|
|
6991 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
6992 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16;
|
|
|
6993 #endif
|
|
|
6994
|
|
|
6995 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */
|
|
|
6996 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg);
|
|
|
6997 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6998 if (off == color_names[i][0]
|
|
|
6999 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
7000 break;
|
|
|
7001 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
7002 {
|
|
|
7003 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
7004 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7005 break;
|
|
|
7006 }
|
|
|
7007
|
|
|
7008 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */
|
|
|
7009 color = color_numbers_16[i];
|
|
|
7010 if (color >= 0)
|
|
|
7011 {
|
|
|
7012 if (t_colors == 8)
|
|
|
7013 {
|
|
|
7014 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */
|
|
|
7015 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
7016 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i];
|
|
|
7017 #else
|
|
|
7018 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
7019 #endif
|
|
|
7020 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
7021 {
|
|
|
7022 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground
|
|
|
7023 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */
|
|
|
7024 if (color & 8)
|
|
|
7025 {
|
|
|
7026 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
7027 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE;
|
|
|
7028 }
|
|
|
7029 else
|
|
|
7030 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
7031 }
|
|
|
7032 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */
|
|
|
7033 }
|
|
|
7034 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88
|
|
|
7035 || t_colors == 256)
|
|
|
7036 {
|
|
|
7037 /*
|
|
|
7038 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is
|
|
|
7039 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed
|
|
|
7040 * order for colors.
|
|
|
7041 */
|
|
|
7042 if (*T_CAF != NUL)
|
|
|
7043 p = T_CAF;
|
|
|
7044 else
|
|
|
7045 p = T_CSF;
|
|
|
7046 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm')
|
|
|
7047 switch (t_colors)
|
|
|
7048 {
|
|
|
7049 case 16:
|
|
|
7050 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
7051 break;
|
|
|
7052 case 88:
|
|
|
7053 color = color_numbers_88[i];
|
|
|
7054 break;
|
|
|
7055 case 256:
|
|
|
7056 color = color_numbers_256[i];
|
|
|
7057 break;
|
|
|
7058 }
|
|
|
7059 }
|
|
|
7060 }
|
|
|
7061 }
|
|
|
7062 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */
|
|
|
7063 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
7064 {
|
|
|
7065 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1;
|
|
|
7066 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
7067 {
|
|
|
7068 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
7069 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD);
|
|
|
7070 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7071 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
7072 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
7073 #endif
|
|
|
7074 {
|
|
|
7075 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7076 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
7077 term_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
7078 }
|
|
|
7079 }
|
|
|
7080 }
|
|
|
7081 else
|
|
|
7082 {
|
|
|
7083 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1;
|
|
|
7084 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
7085 {
|
|
|
7086 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
7087 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7088 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
7089 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
7090 #endif
|
|
|
7091 {
|
|
|
7092 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7093 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
7094 term_bg_color(color);
|
|
|
7095 if (t_colors < 16)
|
|
|
7096 i = (color == 0 || color == 4);
|
|
|
7097 else
|
|
|
7098 i = (color < 7 || color == 8);
|
|
|
7099 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */
|
|
|
7100 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd'))
|
|
|
7101 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
|
|
|
7102 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0);
|
|
|
7103 }
|
|
|
7104 }
|
|
|
7105 }
|
|
|
7106 }
|
|
|
7107 }
|
|
|
7108 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0)
|
|
|
7109 {
|
|
|
7110 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
205
|
7111 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
7
|
7112 {
|
|
205
|
7113 if (!init)
|
|
|
7114 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
7115
|
|
|
7116 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7117 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7118 {
|
|
|
7119 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i;
|
|
|
7120 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7121 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
|
|
|
7122 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
7123 else
|
|
|
7124 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7125 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
205
|
7126 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
7127 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
7128 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
7129 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
7130 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
205
|
7131 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
7132 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
7133 # endif
|
|
205
|
7134 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
7135 # endif
|
|
205
|
7136 }
|
|
7
|
7137 }
|
|
|
7138 #endif
|
|
|
7139 }
|
|
|
7140 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0)
|
|
|
7141 {
|
|
|
7142 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
205
|
7143 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
7
|
7144 {
|
|
205
|
7145 if (!init)
|
|
|
7146 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
7147
|
|
|
7148 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7149 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7150 {
|
|
|
7151 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i;
|
|
|
7152 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7153 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
|
7154 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
7155 else
|
|
|
7156 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7157 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
205
|
7158 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
7159 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
7160 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
7161 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
7162 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
205
|
7163 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
7164 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
7165 # endif
|
|
205
|
7166 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
7167 # endif
|
|
205
|
7168 }
|
|
7
|
7169 }
|
|
205
|
7170 #endif
|
|
|
7171 }
|
|
|
7172 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0)
|
|
|
7173 {
|
|
|
7174 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guisp colors are simply ignored */
|
|
|
7175 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
7176 {
|
|
|
7177 if (!init)
|
|
|
7178 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
7179
|
|
|
7180 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7181 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7182 {
|
|
|
7183 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i;
|
|
|
7184 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
7185 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
|
7186 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
7187 else
|
|
|
7188 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7189 }
|
|
|
7190 }
|
|
7
|
7191 #endif
|
|
|
7192 }
|
|
|
7193 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0)
|
|
|
7194 {
|
|
|
7195 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
7196 char_u *tname;
|
|
|
7197
|
|
|
7198 if (!init)
|
|
|
7199 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
7200
|
|
|
7201 /*
|
|
|
7202 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape
|
|
1222
|
7203 * sequence, or a comma separated list of terminal codes.
|
|
7
|
7204 */
|
|
|
7205 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
7206 {
|
|
|
7207 off = 0;
|
|
|
7208 buf[0] = 0;
|
|
|
7209 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
7210 {
|
|
|
7211 /* Isolate one termcap name */
|
|
|
7212 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] &&
|
|
|
7213 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len)
|
|
|
7214 ;
|
|
|
7215 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len);
|
|
|
7216 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
7217 {
|
|
|
7218 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7219 break;
|
|
|
7220 }
|
|
|
7221 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */
|
|
|
7222 p = get_term_code(tname);
|
|
|
7223 vim_free(tname);
|
|
|
7224 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */
|
|
|
7225 p = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
7226
|
|
|
7227 /* Append it to the already found stuff */
|
|
|
7228 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99)
|
|
|
7229 {
|
|
|
7230 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
7231 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7232 break;
|
|
|
7233 }
|
|
|
7234 STRCAT(buf, p);
|
|
|
7235
|
|
|
7236 /* Advance to the next item */
|
|
|
7237 off += len;
|
|
|
7238 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
7239 ++off;
|
|
|
7240 }
|
|
|
7241 }
|
|
|
7242 else
|
|
|
7243 {
|
|
|
7244 /*
|
|
|
7245 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes.
|
|
|
7246 */
|
|
|
7247 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; )
|
|
|
7248 {
|
|
|
7249 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE);
|
|
|
7250 if (len) /* recognized special char */
|
|
|
7251 off += len;
|
|
|
7252 else /* copy as normal char */
|
|
|
7253 buf[off++] = *p++;
|
|
|
7254 }
|
|
|
7255 buf[off] = NUL;
|
|
|
7256 }
|
|
|
7257 if (error)
|
|
|
7258 break;
|
|
|
7259
|
|
|
7260 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */
|
|
|
7261 p = NULL;
|
|
|
7262 else
|
|
|
7263 p = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
|
7264 if (key[2] == 'A')
|
|
|
7265 {
|
|
|
7266 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
7267 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p;
|
|
|
7268 }
|
|
|
7269 else
|
|
|
7270 {
|
|
|
7271 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
7272 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p;
|
|
|
7273 }
|
|
|
7274 }
|
|
|
7275 else
|
|
|
7276 {
|
|
|
7277 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
7278 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7279 break;
|
|
|
7280 }
|
|
|
7281
|
|
|
7282 /*
|
|
|
7283 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it.
|
|
|
7284 */
|
|
|
7285 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))
|
|
|
7286 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
7287
|
|
|
7288 /*
|
|
|
7289 * Continue with next argument.
|
|
|
7290 */
|
|
|
7291 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
7292 }
|
|
|
7293
|
|
|
7294 /*
|
|
|
7295 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table.
|
|
|
7296 */
|
|
|
7297 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7298 syn_unadd_group();
|
|
|
7299 else
|
|
|
7300 {
|
|
|
7301 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
7302 {
|
|
|
7303 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7304 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7305 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7306 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7307 /*
|
|
|
7308 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg"
|
|
|
7309 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now.
|
|
|
7310 */
|
|
|
7311 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7312 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
7313 #endif
|
|
|
7314 }
|
|
|
7315 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
7316 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
7317 else if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
7318 {
|
|
|
7319 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7320 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
7321 }
|
|
|
7322 # endif
|
|
|
7323 else if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
7324 {
|
|
|
7325 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7326 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
7327 }
|
|
|
7328 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7329 else if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
7330 {
|
|
|
7331 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7332 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
7333 }
|
|
|
7334 # endif
|
|
|
7335 #endif
|
|
|
7336 else
|
|
|
7337 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
448
|
7338 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7339 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
|
|
|
7340 #endif
|
|
819
|
7341 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
7
|
7342 }
|
|
|
7343 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
7344 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
7345
|
|
|
7346 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
7347 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
7348 }
|
|
|
7349
|
|
356
|
7350 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7351 void
|
|
|
7352 free_highlight()
|
|
|
7353 {
|
|
|
7354 int i;
|
|
|
7355
|
|
|
7356 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
359
|
7357 {
|
|
356
|
7358 highlight_clear(i);
|
|
359
|
7359 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name);
|
|
|
7360 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u);
|
|
|
7361 }
|
|
356
|
7362 ga_clear(&highlight_ga);
|
|
|
7363 }
|
|
|
7364 #endif
|
|
|
7365
|
|
7
|
7366 /*
|
|
|
7367 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if
|
|
|
7368 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero.
|
|
|
7369 */
|
|
|
7370 void
|
|
|
7371 restore_cterm_colors()
|
|
|
7372 {
|
|
|
7373 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32))
|
|
|
7374 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user
|
|
|
7375 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default
|
|
|
7376 * background/foreground colors. */
|
|
|
7377 mch_set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
7378 #else
|
|
|
7379 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0;
|
|
|
7380 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0;
|
|
|
7381 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0;
|
|
|
7382 #endif
|
|
|
7383 }
|
|
|
7384
|
|
|
7385 /*
|
|
|
7386 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings.
|
|
|
7387 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link.
|
|
|
7388 */
|
|
|
7389 static int
|
|
|
7390 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link)
|
|
|
7391 int idx;
|
|
|
7392 int check_link;
|
|
|
7393 {
|
|
|
7394 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0
|
|
|
7395 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0
|
|
|
7396 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7397 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0
|
|
|
7398 #endif
|
|
|
7399 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)));
|
|
|
7400 }
|
|
|
7401
|
|
|
7402 /*
|
|
|
7403 * Clear highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
7404 */
|
|
|
7405 static void
|
|
|
7406 highlight_clear(idx)
|
|
|
7407 int idx;
|
|
|
7408 {
|
|
|
7409 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0;
|
|
|
7410 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
7411 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL;
|
|
|
7412 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
7413 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL;
|
|
|
7414 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7415 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0;
|
|
|
7416 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
7417 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0;
|
|
|
7418 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0;
|
|
|
7419 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7420 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
7421 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0;
|
|
|
7422 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7423 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7424 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7425 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7426 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7427 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
205
|
7428 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7429 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
7430 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7431 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
7432 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
7433 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7434 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
7435 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7436 # endif
|
|
|
7437 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7438 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7439 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7440 #endif
|
|
448
|
7441 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7442 /* Clear the script ID only when there is no link, since that is not
|
|
|
7443 * cleared. */
|
|
|
7444 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link == 0)
|
|
|
7445 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = 0;
|
|
|
7446 #endif
|
|
7
|
7447 }
|
|
|
7448
|
|
|
7449 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7450 /*
|
|
|
7451 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal"
|
|
|
7452 * highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and
|
|
|
7453 * "Tooltip" colors.
|
|
|
7454 */
|
|
|
7455 void
|
|
|
7456 set_normal_colors()
|
|
|
7457 {
|
|
|
7458 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal",
|
|
205
|
7459 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel,
|
|
|
7460 FALSE, TRUE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7461 {
|
|
|
7462 gui_mch_new_colors();
|
|
|
7463 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7464 }
|
|
|
7465 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
7466 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu",
|
|
205
|
7467 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7468 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7469 {
|
|
|
7470 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
7471 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
7472 # endif
|
|
|
7473 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7474 }
|
|
|
7475 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7476 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip",
|
|
|
7477 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7478 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
|
7479 {
|
|
|
7480 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
|
7481 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
7482 # endif
|
|
|
7483 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7484 }
|
|
|
7485 #endif
|
|
|
7486 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar",
|
|
205
|
7487 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7488 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7489 {
|
|
|
7490 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
7491 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7492 }
|
|
|
7493 #endif
|
|
|
7494 }
|
|
|
7495
|
|
|
7496 /*
|
|
|
7497 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar".
|
|
|
7498 */
|
|
|
7499 static int
|
|
|
7500 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7501 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7502 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
7503 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
7504 int do_menu;
|
|
|
7505 int use_norm;
|
|
|
7506 int do_tooltip;
|
|
|
7507 {
|
|
|
7508 int idx;
|
|
|
7509
|
|
|
7510 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1;
|
|
|
7511 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
7512 {
|
|
|
7513 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip);
|
|
|
7514
|
|
|
7515 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7516 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
7517 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7518 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7519 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7520 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7521 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7522 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel;
|
|
|
7523 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7524 }
|
|
|
7525 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7526 }
|
|
|
7527
|
|
|
7528 /*
|
|
|
7529 * Get the font of the "Normal" group.
|
|
|
7530 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set.
|
|
|
7531 */
|
|
|
7532 char_u *
|
|
|
7533 hl_get_font_name()
|
|
|
7534 {
|
|
|
7535 int id;
|
|
|
7536 char_u *s;
|
|
|
7537
|
|
|
7538 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7539 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7540 {
|
|
|
7541 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;
|
|
|
7542 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
7543 return s;
|
|
|
7544 }
|
|
|
7545 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
7546 }
|
|
|
7547
|
|
|
7548 /*
|
|
|
7549 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has
|
|
|
7550 * actually chosen to be used.
|
|
|
7551 */
|
|
|
7552 void
|
|
|
7553 hl_set_font_name(font_name)
|
|
|
7554 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
7555 {
|
|
|
7556 int id;
|
|
|
7557
|
|
|
7558 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7559 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7560 {
|
|
|
7561 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7562 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name);
|
|
|
7563 }
|
|
|
7564 }
|
|
|
7565
|
|
|
7566 /*
|
|
|
7567 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color()
|
|
|
7568 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7569 */
|
|
|
7570 void
|
|
|
7571 hl_set_bg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7572 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7573 {
|
|
|
7574 int id;
|
|
|
7575
|
|
|
7576 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7577 {
|
|
|
7578 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7579 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7580 {
|
|
|
7581 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7582 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name;
|
|
|
7583 }
|
|
|
7584 }
|
|
|
7585 }
|
|
|
7586
|
|
|
7587 /*
|
|
|
7588 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color()
|
|
|
7589 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7590 */
|
|
|
7591 void
|
|
|
7592 hl_set_fg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7593 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7594 {
|
|
|
7595 int id;
|
|
|
7596
|
|
|
7597 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7598 {
|
|
|
7599 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7600 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7601 {
|
|
|
7602 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7603 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name;
|
|
|
7604 }
|
|
|
7605 }
|
|
|
7606 }
|
|
|
7607
|
|
|
7608 /*
|
|
|
7609 * Return the handle for a color name.
|
|
|
7610 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
7611 */
|
|
|
7612 static guicolor_T
|
|
|
7613 color_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7614 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7615 {
|
|
|
7616 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7617 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7618
|
|
|
7619 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0)
|
|
|
7620 return gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7621 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0)
|
|
|
7622 return gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
7623
|
|
|
7624 return gui_get_color(name);
|
|
|
7625 }
|
|
|
7626
|
|
|
7627 /*
|
|
|
7628 * Return the handle for a font name.
|
|
|
7629 * Returns NOFONT when failed.
|
|
|
7630 */
|
|
|
7631 static GuiFont
|
|
|
7632 font_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7633 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7634 {
|
|
|
7635 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7636 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
7637
|
|
|
7638 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE);
|
|
|
7639 }
|
|
|
7640
|
|
|
7641 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7642 /*
|
|
|
7643 * Return the handle for a fontset name.
|
|
|
7644 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed.
|
|
|
7645 */
|
|
|
7646 static GuiFontset
|
|
|
7647 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width)
|
|
|
7648 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7649 int fixed_width;
|
|
|
7650 {
|
|
|
7651 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7652 return NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7653
|
|
|
7654 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width);
|
|
|
7655 }
|
|
|
7656 # endif
|
|
|
7657
|
|
|
7658 /*
|
|
|
7659 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group.
|
|
|
7660 */
|
|
|
7661 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
7662 static void
|
|
|
7663 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7664 int idx;
|
|
|
7665 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
7666 int do_normal; /* set normal font */
|
|
|
7667 int do_menu; /* set menu font */
|
|
|
7668 int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */
|
|
|
7669 {
|
|
|
7670 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7671 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a
|
|
|
7672 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */
|
|
|
7673 if (*p_guifontset != NUL
|
|
|
7674 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7675 || do_menu
|
|
|
7676 # endif
|
|
|
7677 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7678 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */
|
|
|
7679 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7680 # endif
|
|
|
7681 )
|
|
|
7682 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0
|
|
|
7683 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7684 || do_menu
|
|
|
7685 # endif
|
|
|
7686 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7687 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7688 # endif
|
|
|
7689 );
|
|
|
7690 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
7691 {
|
|
|
7692 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7693 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7694 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7695 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE);
|
|
|
7696 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7697 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7698 {
|
|
|
7699 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7700 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7701 # else
|
|
|
7702 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */
|
|
|
7703 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7704 # endif
|
|
|
7705 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7706 }
|
|
|
7707 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7708 if (do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7709 {
|
|
|
7710 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between
|
|
|
7711 * displaying a single font and a fontset.
|
|
|
7712 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget
|
|
1222
|
7713 * creation, then a fontset is always used, otherwise an
|
|
7
|
7714 * XFontStruct is used.
|
|
|
7715 */
|
|
|
7716 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7717 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
7718 }
|
|
|
7719 # endif
|
|
|
7720 # endif
|
|
|
7721 }
|
|
|
7722 else
|
|
|
7723 # endif
|
|
|
7724 {
|
|
|
7725 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7726 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7727 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7728 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
7729 {
|
|
|
7730 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7731 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE);
|
|
|
7732 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7733 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7734 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7735 {
|
|
|
7736 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
7737 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7738 }
|
|
|
7739 # endif
|
|
|
7740 #endif
|
|
|
7741 }
|
|
|
7742 }
|
|
|
7743 }
|
|
|
7744
|
|
|
7745 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
7746
|
|
|
7747 /*
|
|
|
7748 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number.
|
|
|
7749 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the
|
|
|
7750 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer.
|
|
|
7751 */
|
|
298
|
7752 static garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7753
|
|
|
7754 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7755
|
|
298
|
7756 static garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7757
|
|
|
7758 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7759
|
|
|
7760 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
298
|
7761 static garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7762
|
|
|
7763 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7764 #endif
|
|
|
7765
|
|
|
7766 /*
|
|
|
7767 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font.
|
|
|
7768 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table
|
|
|
7769 * if the combination is new.
|
|
|
7770 * Return 0 for error (no more room).
|
|
|
7771 */
|
|
|
7772 static int
|
|
|
7773 get_attr_entry(table, aep)
|
|
|
7774 garray_T *table;
|
|
|
7775 attrentry_T *aep;
|
|
|
7776 {
|
|
|
7777 int i;
|
|
359
|
7778 attrentry_T *taep;
|
|
7
|
7779 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7780
|
|
|
7781 /*
|
|
|
7782 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet.
|
|
|
7783 */
|
|
|
7784 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T);
|
|
|
7785 table->ga_growsize = 7;
|
|
|
7786
|
|
|
7787 /*
|
|
|
7788 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications.
|
|
|
7789 */
|
|
|
7790 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7791 {
|
|
359
|
7792 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
7793 if ( aep->ae_attr == taep->ae_attr
|
|
7
|
7794 && (
|
|
|
7795 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7796 (table == &gui_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7797 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color
|
|
|
7798 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
|
7799 == taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
|
7800 && aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
|
|
|
7801 == taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
|
|
|
7802 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == taep->ae_u.gui.font
|
|
7
|
7803 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
359
|
7804 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == taep->ae_u.gui.fontset
|
|
7
|
7805 # endif
|
|
|
7806 ))
|
|
|
7807 ||
|
|
|
7808 #endif
|
|
|
7809 (table == &term_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7810 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
|
7811 == (taep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
7
|
7812 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL
|
|
|
7813 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start,
|
|
359
|
7814 taep->ae_u.term.start) == 0)
|
|
|
7815 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
|
7816 == (taep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
7
|
7817 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL
|
|
|
7818 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop,
|
|
359
|
7819 taep->ae_u.term.stop) == 0))
|
|
7
|
7820 || (table == &cterm_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7821 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
|
7822 == taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
|
7823 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color
|
|
|
7824 == taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
|
|
7
|
7825 ))
|
|
|
7826
|
|
|
7827 return i + ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7828 }
|
|
|
7829
|
|
271
|
7830 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF > MAX_TYPENR)
|
|
7
|
7831 {
|
|
|
7832 /*
|
|
|
7833 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and
|
|
|
7834 * compute new ones for all groups.
|
|
|
7835 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers.
|
|
|
7836 */
|
|
|
7837 if (recursive)
|
|
|
7838 {
|
|
|
7839 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use"));
|
|
|
7840 return 0;
|
|
|
7841 }
|
|
|
7842 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
7843
|
|
359
|
7844 clear_hl_tables();
|
|
|
7845
|
|
7
|
7846 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7847
|
|
|
7848 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7849 set_hl_attr(i);
|
|
|
7850
|
|
|
7851 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7852 }
|
|
|
7853
|
|
|
7854 /*
|
|
|
7855 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry.
|
|
|
7856 */
|
|
|
7857 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7858 return 0;
|
|
|
7859
|
|
359
|
7860 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]);
|
|
|
7861 vim_memset(taep, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T));
|
|
|
7862 taep->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr;
|
|
7
|
7863 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7864 if (table == &gui_attr_table)
|
|
|
7865 {
|
|
359
|
7866 taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
|
7867 taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
|
7868 taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
|
7869 taep->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
7
|
7870 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
359
|
7871 taep->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
7
|
7872 # endif
|
|
|
7873 }
|
|
|
7874 #endif
|
|
|
7875 if (table == &term_attr_table)
|
|
|
7876 {
|
|
|
7877 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
359
|
7878 taep->ae_u.term.start = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7879 else
|
|
359
|
7880 taep->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
7
|
7881 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
359
|
7882 taep->ae_u.term.stop = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7883 else
|
|
359
|
7884 taep->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
7
|
7885 }
|
|
|
7886 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table)
|
|
|
7887 {
|
|
359
|
7888 taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
|
7889 taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
7
|
7890 }
|
|
|
7891 ++table->ga_len;
|
|
|
7892 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF);
|
|
|
7893 }
|
|
|
7894
|
|
359
|
7895 /*
|
|
|
7896 * Clear all highlight tables.
|
|
|
7897 */
|
|
|
7898 void
|
|
|
7899 clear_hl_tables()
|
|
|
7900 {
|
|
|
7901 int i;
|
|
|
7902 attrentry_T *taep;
|
|
|
7903
|
|
|
7904 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7905 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table);
|
|
|
7906 #endif
|
|
|
7907 for (i = 0; i < term_attr_table.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7908 {
|
|
|
7909 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
7910 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
|
7911 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
|
7912 }
|
|
|
7913 ga_clear(&term_attr_table);
|
|
|
7914 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table);
|
|
|
7915 }
|
|
|
7916
|
|
745
|
7917 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
221
|
7918 /*
|
|
348
|
7919 * Combine special attributes (e.g., for spelling) with other attributes
|
|
|
7920 * (e.g., for syntax highlighting).
|
|
|
7921 * "prim_attr" overrules "char_attr".
|
|
221
|
7922 * This creates a new group when required.
|
|
|
7923 * Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the
|
|
|
7924 * result.
|
|
|
7925 * Return the resulting attributes.
|
|
|
7926 */
|
|
|
7927 int
|
|
348
|
7928 hl_combine_attr(char_attr, prim_attr)
|
|
221
|
7929 int char_attr;
|
|
348
|
7930 int prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7931 {
|
|
|
7932 attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL;
|
|
|
7933 attrentry_T *spell_aep;
|
|
|
7934 attrentry_T new_en;
|
|
|
7935
|
|
|
7936 if (char_attr == 0)
|
|
348
|
7937 return prim_attr;
|
|
|
7938 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7939 return char_attr | prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7940 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7941 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7942 {
|
|
|
7943 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7944 char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
7945 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7946 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
7947 else
|
|
|
7948 {
|
|
|
7949 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
548
|
7950 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7951 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7952 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
221
|
7953 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7954 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
7955 }
|
|
|
7956
|
|
348
|
7957 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7958 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7959 else
|
|
|
7960 {
|
|
348
|
7961 spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
7962 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7963 {
|
|
|
7964 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7965 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7966 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
|
7967 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7968 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
|
7969 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7970 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
|
7971 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
7972 new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
|
7973 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7974 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
7975 new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
|
7976 # endif
|
|
|
7977 }
|
|
|
7978 }
|
|
|
7979 return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
7980 }
|
|
|
7981 #endif
|
|
|
7982
|
|
|
7983 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
7984 {
|
|
|
7985 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7986 char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
7987 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7988 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
7989 else
|
|
|
7990 {
|
|
|
7991 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
7992 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7993 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
7994 }
|
|
|
7995
|
|
348
|
7996 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7997 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7998 else
|
|
|
7999 {
|
|
348
|
8000 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
8001 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
8002 {
|
|
|
8003 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
8004 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0)
|
|
|
8005 new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
|
8006 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0)
|
|
|
8007 new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
|
8008 }
|
|
|
8009 }
|
|
|
8010 return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
8011 }
|
|
|
8012
|
|
|
8013 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8014 char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
8015 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
8016 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
8017 else
|
|
|
8018 {
|
|
|
8019 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
8020 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8021 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
8022 }
|
|
|
8023
|
|
348
|
8024 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8025 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
8026 else
|
|
|
8027 {
|
|
607
|
8028 spell_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
8029 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
8030 {
|
|
|
8031 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
8032 if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
|
|
|
8033 {
|
|
|
8034 new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start;
|
|
|
8035 new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop;
|
|
|
8036 }
|
|
|
8037 }
|
|
|
8038 }
|
|
|
8039 return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
8040 }
|
|
|
8041 #endif
|
|
|
8042
|
|
7
|
8043 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8044
|
|
|
8045 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
8046 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
8047 int attr;
|
|
|
8048 {
|
|
|
8049 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
8050 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
8051 return NULL;
|
|
|
8052 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
8053 }
|
|
|
8054 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
8055
|
|
745
|
8056 /*
|
|
|
8057 * Get the highlight attributes (HL_BOLD etc.) from an attribute nr.
|
|
|
8058 * Only to be used when "attr" > HL_ALL.
|
|
|
8059 */
|
|
|
8060 int
|
|
|
8061 syn_attr2attr(attr)
|
|
|
8062 int attr;
|
|
|
8063 {
|
|
|
8064 attrentry_T *aep;
|
|
|
8065
|
|
|
8066 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8067 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8068 aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(attr);
|
|
|
8069 else
|
|
|
8070 #endif
|
|
|
8071 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
8072 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
|
|
|
8073 else
|
|
|
8074 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);
|
|
|
8075
|
|
|
8076 if (aep == NULL) /* highlighting not set */
|
|
|
8077 return 0;
|
|
|
8078 return aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
8079 }
|
|
|
8080
|
|
|
8081
|
|
7
|
8082 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
8083 syn_term_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
8084 int attr;
|
|
|
8085 {
|
|
|
8086 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
8087 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
8088 return NULL;
|
|
|
8089 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
8090 }
|
|
|
8091
|
|
|
8092 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
8093 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
8094 int attr;
|
|
|
8095 {
|
|
|
8096 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
8097 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
8098 return NULL;
|
|
|
8099 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
8100 }
|
|
|
8101
|
|
|
8102 #define LIST_ATTR 1
|
|
|
8103 #define LIST_STRING 2
|
|
|
8104 #define LIST_INT 3
|
|
|
8105
|
|
|
8106 static void
|
|
|
8107 highlight_list_one(id)
|
|
|
8108 int id;
|
|
|
8109 {
|
|
|
8110 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8111 int didh = FALSE;
|
|
|
8112
|
|
|
8113 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8114
|
|
|
8115 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
8116 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term");
|
|
|
8117 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
8118 0, sgp->sg_start, "start");
|
|
|
8119 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
8120 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop");
|
|
|
8121
|
|
|
8122 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
8123 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm");
|
|
|
8124 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
8125 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg");
|
|
|
8126 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
8127 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg");
|
|
|
8128
|
|
|
8129 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8130 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
8131 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui");
|
|
|
8132 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
8133 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg");
|
|
|
8134 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
8135 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg");
|
|
|
8136 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
301
|
8137 0, sgp->sg_gui_sp_name, "guisp");
|
|
|
8138 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
7
|
8139 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font");
|
|
|
8140 #endif
|
|
|
8141
|
|
448
|
8142 if (sgp->sg_link && !got_int)
|
|
7
|
8143 {
|
|
|
8144 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id);
|
|
448
|
8145 didh = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
8146 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
8147 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
8148 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
8149 }
|
|
448
|
8150
|
|
694
|
8151 if (!didh)
|
|
|
8152 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 0, (char_u *)"cleared", "");
|
|
448
|
8153 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
694
|
8154 if (p_verbose > 0)
|
|
448
|
8155 last_set_msg(sgp->sg_scriptID);
|
|
|
8156 #endif
|
|
7
|
8157 }
|
|
|
8158
|
|
|
8159 static int
|
|
|
8160 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name)
|
|
|
8161 int id;
|
|
|
8162 int didh;
|
|
|
8163 int type;
|
|
|
8164 int iarg;
|
|
|
8165 char_u *sarg;
|
|
|
8166 char *name;
|
|
|
8167 {
|
|
|
8168 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
8169 char_u *ts;
|
|
|
8170 int i;
|
|
|
8171
|
|
448
|
8172 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8173 return FALSE;
|
|
7
|
8174 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0))
|
|
|
8175 {
|
|
|
8176 ts = buf;
|
|
|
8177 if (type == LIST_INT)
|
|
|
8178 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1);
|
|
|
8179 else if (type == LIST_STRING)
|
|
|
8180 ts = sarg;
|
|
|
8181 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */
|
|
|
8182 {
|
|
|
8183 buf[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
8184 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
8185 {
|
|
|
8186 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i])
|
|
|
8187 {
|
|
|
8188 if (buf[0] != NUL)
|
|
|
8189 STRCAT(buf, ",");
|
|
|
8190 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
8191 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */
|
|
|
8192 }
|
|
|
8193 }
|
|
|
8194 }
|
|
|
8195
|
|
|
8196 (void)syn_list_header(didh,
|
|
|
8197 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id);
|
|
|
8198 didh = TRUE;
|
|
448
|
8199 if (!got_int)
|
|
|
8200 {
|
|
694
|
8201 if (*name != NUL)
|
|
|
8202 {
|
|
|
8203 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
8204 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
8205 }
|
|
448
|
8206 msg_outtrans(ts);
|
|
|
8207 }
|
|
7
|
8208 }
|
|
|
8209 return didh;
|
|
|
8210 }
|
|
|
8211
|
|
|
8212 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8213 /*
|
|
|
8214 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag".
|
|
|
8215 * Return NULL otherwise.
|
|
|
8216 */
|
|
|
8217 char_u *
|
|
|
8218 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec)
|
|
|
8219 int id;
|
|
|
8220 int flag;
|
|
|
8221 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
8222 {
|
|
|
8223 int attr;
|
|
|
8224
|
|
|
8225 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8226 return NULL;
|
|
|
8227
|
|
|
8228 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8229 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
8230 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
8231 else
|
|
|
8232 #endif
|
|
|
8233 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
8234 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8235 else
|
|
|
8236 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
8237
|
|
|
8238 if (attr & flag)
|
|
|
8239 return (char_u *)"1";
|
|
|
8240 return NULL;
|
|
|
8241 }
|
|
|
8242 #endif
|
|
|
8243
|
|
|
8244 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8245 /*
|
|
|
8246 * Return color name of highlight group "id".
|
|
|
8247 */
|
|
|
8248 char_u *
|
|
|
8249 highlight_color(id, what, modec)
|
|
|
8250 int id;
|
|
205
|
8251 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */
|
|
7
|
8252 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
8253 {
|
|
|
8254 static char_u name[20];
|
|
|
8255 int n;
|
|
205
|
8256 int fg = FALSE;
|
|
|
8257 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8258 int sp = FALSE;
|
|
|
8259 # endif
|
|
7
|
8260
|
|
|
8261 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8262 return NULL;
|
|
|
8263
|
|
|
8264 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f')
|
|
|
8265 fg = TRUE;
|
|
205
|
8266 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8267 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's')
|
|
|
8268 sp = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
8269 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
8270 {
|
|
|
8271 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */
|
|
|
8272 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#')
|
|
|
8273 {
|
|
|
8274 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
8275 long_u rgb;
|
|
|
8276 static char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
8277
|
|
|
8278 if (fg)
|
|
|
8279 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
205
|
8280 else if (sp)
|
|
|
8281 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8282 else
|
|
|
8283 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8284 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
8285 return NULL;
|
|
|
8286 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
8287 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x",
|
|
|
8288 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16),
|
|
|
8289 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255,
|
|
|
8290 (unsigned)rgb & 255);
|
|
|
8291 return buf;
|
|
|
8292 }
|
|
|
8293 if (fg)
|
|
|
8294 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
205
|
8295 if (sp)
|
|
|
8296 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
7
|
8297 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
8298 }
|
|
205
|
8299 # endif
|
|
7
|
8300 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
8301 {
|
|
|
8302 if (fg)
|
|
|
8303 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1;
|
|
|
8304 else
|
|
|
8305 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1;
|
|
|
8306 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n);
|
|
|
8307 return name;
|
|
|
8308 }
|
|
|
8309 /* term doesn't have color */
|
|
|
8310 return NULL;
|
|
|
8311 }
|
|
|
8312 #endif
|
|
|
8313
|
|
|
8314 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \
|
|
|
8315 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8316 /*
|
|
|
8317 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value.
|
|
|
8318 */
|
|
|
8319 long_u
|
|
|
8320 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg)
|
|
|
8321 int id;
|
|
|
8322 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */
|
|
|
8323 {
|
|
|
8324 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
8325
|
|
|
8326 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8327 return 0L;
|
|
|
8328
|
|
|
8329 if (fg)
|
|
|
8330 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8331 else
|
|
|
8332 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8333
|
|
|
8334 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
8335 return 0L;
|
|
|
8336
|
|
|
8337 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
8338 }
|
|
|
8339 #endif
|
|
|
8340
|
|
|
8341 /*
|
|
|
8342 * Output the syntax list header.
|
|
|
8343 * Return TRUE when started a new line.
|
|
|
8344 */
|
|
|
8345 static int
|
|
|
8346 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)
|
|
|
8347 int did_header; /* did header already */
|
|
|
8348 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */
|
|
|
8349 int id; /* highlight group id */
|
|
|
8350 {
|
|
|
8351 int endcol = 19;
|
|
|
8352 int newline = TRUE;
|
|
|
8353
|
|
|
8354 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
8355 {
|
|
|
8356 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
448
|
8357 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8358 return TRUE;
|
|
7
|
8359 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
8360 endcol = 15;
|
|
|
8361 }
|
|
|
8362 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns)
|
|
448
|
8363 {
|
|
7
|
8364 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
448
|
8365 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8366 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8367 }
|
|
7
|
8368 else
|
|
|
8369 {
|
|
|
8370 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */
|
|
|
8371 newline = FALSE;
|
|
|
8372 }
|
|
|
8373
|
|
|
8374 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
8375 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
8376 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
8377 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
8378
|
|
|
8379 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
8380
|
|
|
8381 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */
|
|
|
8382 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
8383 {
|
|
|
8384 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id));
|
|
|
8385 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
8386 }
|
|
|
8387
|
|
|
8388 return newline;
|
|
|
8389 }
|
|
|
8390
|
|
|
8391 /*
|
|
|
8392 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group.
|
|
|
8393 * Called after one of the attributes has changed.
|
|
|
8394 */
|
|
|
8395 static void
|
|
|
8396 set_hl_attr(idx)
|
|
|
8397 int idx; /* index in array */
|
|
|
8398 {
|
|
|
8399 attrentry_T at_en;
|
|
|
8400 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx;
|
|
|
8401
|
|
|
8402 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */
|
|
|
8403 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
8404 return;
|
|
|
8405
|
|
|
8406 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8407 /*
|
|
|
8408 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
8409 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8410 */
|
|
|
8411 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
|
8412 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
205
|
8413 && sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR
|
|
7
|
8414 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT
|
|
|
8415 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8416 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET
|
|
|
8417 # endif
|
|
|
8418 )
|
|
|
8419 {
|
|
|
8420 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8421 }
|
|
|
8422 else
|
|
|
8423 {
|
|
|
8424 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8425 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8426 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
205
|
8427 at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8428 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font;
|
|
|
8429 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8430 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset;
|
|
|
8431 # endif
|
|
|
8432 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8433 }
|
|
|
8434 #endif
|
|
|
8435 /*
|
|
|
8436 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
8437 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8438 */
|
|
|
8439 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL)
|
|
|
8440 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
8441 else
|
|
|
8442 {
|
|
|
8443 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
8444 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start;
|
|
|
8445 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop;
|
|
|
8446 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8447 }
|
|
|
8448
|
|
|
8449 /*
|
|
|
8450 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal"
|
|
|
8451 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8452 */
|
|
|
8453 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0)
|
|
|
8454 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8455 else
|
|
|
8456 {
|
|
|
8457 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8458 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
8459 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
8460 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8461 }
|
|
|
8462 }
|
|
|
8463
|
|
|
8464 /*
|
|
|
8465 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8466 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
8467 */
|
|
|
8468 int
|
|
|
8469 syn_name2id(name)
|
|
|
8470 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8471 {
|
|
|
8472 int i;
|
|
|
8473 char_u name_u[200];
|
|
|
8474
|
|
|
8475 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
8476 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars
|
|
|
8477 * don't deserve to be found! */
|
|
419
|
8478 vim_strncpy(name_u, name, 199);
|
|
7
|
8479 vim_strup(name_u);
|
|
|
8480 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8481 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
8482 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
8483 break;
|
|
|
8484 return i + 1;
|
|
|
8485 }
|
|
|
8486
|
|
|
8487 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8488 /*
|
|
|
8489 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists.
|
|
|
8490 */
|
|
|
8491 int
|
|
|
8492 highlight_exists(name)
|
|
|
8493 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8494 {
|
|
|
8495 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0);
|
|
|
8496 }
|
|
819
|
8497
|
|
|
8498 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8499 /*
|
|
|
8500 * Return the name of highlight group "id".
|
|
|
8501 * When not a valid ID return an empty string.
|
|
|
8502 */
|
|
|
8503 char_u *
|
|
|
8504 syn_id2name(id)
|
|
|
8505 int id;
|
|
|
8506 {
|
|
1326
|
8507 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
819
|
8508 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
8509 return HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name;
|
|
|
8510 }
|
|
|
8511 # endif
|
|
7
|
8512 #endif
|
|
|
8513
|
|
|
8514 /*
|
|
|
8515 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
8516 */
|
|
|
8517 int
|
|
|
8518 syn_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
8519 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
8520 int len;
|
|
|
8521 {
|
|
|
8522 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8523 int id = 0;
|
|
|
8524
|
|
|
8525 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
8526 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
8527 {
|
|
|
8528 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
8529 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8530 }
|
|
|
8531 return id;
|
|
|
8532 }
|
|
|
8533
|
|
|
8534 /*
|
|
|
8535 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8536 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
8537 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
8538 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
8539 */
|
|
|
8540 int
|
|
|
8541 syn_check_group(pp, len)
|
|
|
8542 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
8543 int len;
|
|
|
8544 {
|
|
|
8545 int id;
|
|
|
8546 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8547
|
|
|
8548 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
8549 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
8550 return 0;
|
|
|
8551
|
|
|
8552 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
8553 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
8554 id = syn_add_group(name);
|
|
|
8555 else
|
|
|
8556 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8557 return id;
|
|
|
8558 }
|
|
|
8559
|
|
|
8560 /*
|
|
|
8561 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8562 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
8563 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
8564 */
|
|
|
8565 static int
|
|
|
8566 syn_add_group(name)
|
|
|
8567 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8568 {
|
|
|
8569 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8570
|
|
|
8571 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */
|
|
|
8572 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p)
|
|
|
8573 {
|
|
|
8574 if (!vim_isprintc(*p))
|
|
|
8575 {
|
|
|
8576 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name"));
|
|
|
8577 return 0;
|
|
|
8578 }
|
|
|
8579 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_')
|
|
|
8580 {
|
|
|
8581 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only
|
|
|
8582 * give a warning. */
|
|
16
|
8583 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
7
|
8584 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name"));
|
|
|
8585 break;
|
|
|
8586 }
|
|
|
8587 }
|
|
|
8588
|
|
|
8589 /*
|
|
|
8590 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
8591 */
|
|
|
8592 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
8593 {
|
|
|
8594 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group);
|
|
|
8595 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
8596 }
|
|
|
8597
|
|
|
8598 /*
|
|
|
8599 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry.
|
|
|
8600 */
|
|
|
8601 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8602 {
|
|
|
8603 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8604 return 0;
|
|
|
8605 }
|
|
|
8606
|
|
|
8607 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8608 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name;
|
|
|
8609 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
8610 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8611 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
8612 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
205
|
8613 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
7
|
8614 #endif
|
|
|
8615 ++highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8616
|
|
|
8617 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */
|
|
|
8618 }
|
|
|
8619
|
|
|
8620 /*
|
|
|
8621 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this
|
|
|
8622 * function deletes the new name.
|
|
|
8623 */
|
|
|
8624 static void
|
|
|
8625 syn_unadd_group()
|
|
|
8626 {
|
|
|
8627 --highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8628 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name);
|
|
|
8629 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u);
|
|
|
8630 }
|
|
|
8631
|
|
|
8632 /*
|
|
|
8633 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes.
|
|
|
8634 */
|
|
|
8635 int
|
|
|
8636 syn_id2attr(hl_id)
|
|
|
8637 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8638 {
|
|
|
8639 int attr;
|
|
|
8640 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8641
|
|
|
8642 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8643 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8644
|
|
|
8645 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8646 /*
|
|
|
8647 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used.
|
|
|
8648 */
|
|
|
8649 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8650 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr;
|
|
|
8651 else
|
|
|
8652 #endif
|
|
|
8653 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
8654 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr;
|
|
|
8655 else
|
|
|
8656 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr;
|
|
|
8657
|
|
|
8658 return attr;
|
|
|
8659 }
|
|
|
8660
|
|
|
8661 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8662 /*
|
|
|
8663 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID.
|
|
|
8664 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise.
|
|
|
8665 */
|
|
|
8666 int
|
|
|
8667 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp)
|
|
|
8668 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8669 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
8670 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
8671 {
|
|
|
8672 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8673
|
|
|
8674 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8675 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8676
|
|
|
8677 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8678 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8679 return sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8680 }
|
|
|
8681 #endif
|
|
|
8682
|
|
|
8683 /*
|
|
|
8684 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links).
|
|
|
8685 */
|
|
|
8686 int
|
|
|
8687 syn_get_final_id(hl_id)
|
|
|
8688 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8689 {
|
|
|
8690 int count;
|
|
|
8691 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8692
|
|
|
8693 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1)
|
|
|
8694 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */
|
|
|
8695
|
|
|
8696 /*
|
|
|
8697 * Follow links until there is no more.
|
|
|
8698 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links.
|
|
|
8699 */
|
|
|
8700 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; )
|
|
|
8701 {
|
|
|
8702 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8703 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8704 break;
|
|
|
8705 hl_id = sgp->sg_link;
|
|
|
8706 }
|
|
|
8707
|
|
|
8708 return hl_id;
|
|
|
8709 }
|
|
|
8710
|
|
|
8711 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8712 /*
|
|
|
8713 * Call this function just after the GUI has started.
|
|
|
8714 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups.
|
|
|
8715 */
|
|
|
8716 void
|
|
|
8717 highlight_gui_started()
|
|
|
8718 {
|
|
|
8719 int idx;
|
|
|
8720
|
|
|
8721 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */
|
|
|
8722 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
8723
|
|
|
8724 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
8725 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8726
|
|
|
8727 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
8728 }
|
|
|
8729
|
|
|
8730 static void
|
|
|
8731 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
8732 int idx;
|
|
|
8733 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */
|
|
|
8734 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */
|
|
|
8735 {
|
|
|
8736 int didit = FALSE;
|
|
|
8737
|
|
|
8738 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8739 {
|
|
|
8740 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu,
|
|
|
8741 do_tooltip);
|
|
|
8742 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8743 }
|
|
|
8744 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8745 {
|
|
|
8746 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg =
|
|
|
8747 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
8748 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8749 }
|
|
|
8750 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8751 {
|
|
|
8752 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg =
|
|
|
8753 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
8754 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8755 }
|
|
205
|
8756 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8757 {
|
|
|
8758 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp =
|
|
|
8759 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
8760 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8761 }
|
|
7
|
8762 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */
|
|
|
8763 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
|
8764 }
|
|
|
8765
|
|
|
8766 #endif
|
|
|
8767
|
|
|
8768 /*
|
|
|
8769 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and
|
|
|
8770 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of
|
|
|
8771 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed.
|
|
|
8772 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first
|
|
|
8773 * screen redraw after any :highlight command.
|
|
|
8774 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise.
|
|
|
8775 */
|
|
|
8776 int
|
|
|
8777 highlight_changed()
|
|
|
8778 {
|
|
|
8779 int hlf;
|
|
|
8780 int i;
|
|
|
8781 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8782 int attr;
|
|
|
8783 char_u *end;
|
|
|
8784 int id;
|
|
|
8785 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8786 char_u userhl[10];
|
|
|
8787 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8788 int id_SNC = -1;
|
|
|
8789 int id_S = -1;
|
|
|
8790 int hlcnt;
|
|
|
8791 # endif
|
|
|
8792 #endif
|
|
|
8793 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS;
|
|
|
8794
|
|
|
8795 need_highlight_changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
8796
|
|
|
8797 /*
|
|
|
8798 * Clear all attributes.
|
|
|
8799 */
|
|
|
8800 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8801 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0;
|
|
|
8802
|
|
|
8803 /*
|
|
|
8804 * First set all attributes to their default value.
|
|
|
8805 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option.
|
|
|
8806 */
|
|
|
8807 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
|
|
|
8808 {
|
|
|
8809 if (i)
|
|
|
8810 p = p_hl;
|
|
|
8811 else
|
|
|
8812 p = get_highlight_default();
|
|
|
8813 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
8814 continue;
|
|
|
8815
|
|
|
8816 while (*p)
|
|
|
8817 {
|
|
|
8818 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8819 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p)
|
|
|
8820 break;
|
|
|
8821 ++p;
|
|
|
8822 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
8823 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8824
|
|
|
8825 /*
|
|
|
8826 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for
|
|
|
8827 * bold-underlined.
|
|
|
8828 */
|
|
|
8829 attr = 0;
|
|
|
8830 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */
|
|
|
8831 {
|
|
|
8832 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */
|
|
|
8833 continue;
|
|
|
8834
|
|
|
8835 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */
|
|
|
8836 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8837
|
|
|
8838 switch (*p)
|
|
|
8839 {
|
|
|
8840 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
8841 break;
|
|
|
8842 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC;
|
|
|
8843 break;
|
|
|
8844 case '-':
|
|
|
8845 case 'n': /* no highlighting */
|
|
|
8846 break;
|
|
|
8847 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE;
|
|
|
8848 break;
|
|
|
8849 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT;
|
|
|
8850 break;
|
|
|
8851 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
|
|
|
8852 break;
|
|
205
|
8853 case 'c': attr |= HL_UNDERCURL;
|
|
|
8854 break;
|
|
7
|
8855 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
8856 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */
|
|
|
8857 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8858 end = vim_strchr(p, ',');
|
|
|
8859 if (end == NULL)
|
|
|
8860 end = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
8861 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
8862 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8863 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8864 attr = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8865 p = end - 1;
|
|
|
8866 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
8867 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC)
|
|
|
8868 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8869 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S)
|
|
|
8870 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8871 #endif
|
|
|
8872 break;
|
|
|
8873 default: return FAIL;
|
|
|
8874 }
|
|
|
8875 }
|
|
|
8876 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr;
|
|
|
8877
|
|
|
8878 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */
|
|
|
8879 }
|
|
|
8880 }
|
|
|
8881
|
|
|
8882 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8883 /* Setup the user highlights
|
|
|
8884 *
|
|
|
8885 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there
|
|
|
8886 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry()
|
|
|
8887 */
|
|
|
8888 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8889 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8890 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8891 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8892 if (id_S == 0)
|
|
|
8893 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */
|
|
|
8894 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8895 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S];
|
|
|
8896 id_S = hlcnt + 10;
|
|
|
8897 }
|
|
|
8898 # endif
|
|
|
8899 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
|
|
|
8900 {
|
|
|
8901 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1);
|
|
|
8902 id = syn_name2id(userhl);
|
|
|
8903 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8904 {
|
|
|
8905 highlight_user[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8906 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8907 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8908 # endif
|
|
|
8909 }
|
|
|
8910 else
|
|
|
8911 {
|
|
|
8912 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8913 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE();
|
|
|
8914 # endif
|
|
|
8915
|
|
|
8916 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8917 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8918 if (id_SNC == 0)
|
|
|
8919 {
|
|
|
8920 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8921 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8922 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8923 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8924 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8925 # endif
|
|
|
8926 }
|
|
|
8927 else
|
|
|
8928 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i],
|
|
|
8929 &hlt[id_SNC - 1],
|
|
|
8930 sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8931 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
8932
|
|
|
8933 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */
|
|
|
8934 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^=
|
|
|
8935 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
8936 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start)
|
|
|
8937 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start;
|
|
|
8938 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop)
|
|
|
8939 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop;
|
|
|
8940 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^=
|
|
|
8941 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8942 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg)
|
|
|
8943 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
8944 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg)
|
|
|
8945 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
8946 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8947 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^=
|
|
|
8948 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
8949 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg)
|
|
|
8950 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8951 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg)
|
|
|
8952 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
205
|
8953 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp)
|
|
|
8954 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8955 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font)
|
|
|
8956 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font;
|
|
|
8957 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8958 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset)
|
|
|
8959 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
8960 # endif
|
|
|
8961 # endif
|
|
|
8962 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1;
|
|
|
8963 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */
|
|
|
8964 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1);
|
|
|
8965 # endif
|
|
|
8966 }
|
|
|
8967 }
|
|
|
8968 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8969 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt;
|
|
|
8970 # endif
|
|
|
8971
|
|
|
8972 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */
|
|
|
8973
|
|
|
8974 return OK;
|
|
|
8975 }
|
|
|
8976
|
|
1322
|
8977 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
8978
|
|
|
8979 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
8980 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr));
|
|
|
8981
|
|
|
8982 /*
|
|
|
8983 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command.
|
|
|
8984 */
|
|
|
8985 void
|
|
|
8986 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
8987 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
8988 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
8989 {
|
|
|
8990 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8991
|
|
|
8992 /* Default: expand group names */
|
|
|
8993 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
8994 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
1322
|
8995 include_link = 2;
|
|
|
8996 include_default = 1;
|
|
7
|
8997
|
|
|
8998 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
8999 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
9000 {
|
|
|
9001 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
9002 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */
|
|
|
9003 {
|
|
1322
|
9004 include_default = 0;
|
|
7
|
9005 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
9006 {
|
|
|
9007 arg = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
9008 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
9009 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
9010 }
|
|
|
9011 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */
|
|
|
9012 {
|
|
1322
|
9013 include_link = 0;
|
|
7
|
9014 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N')
|
|
|
9015 highlight_list();
|
|
|
9016 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
9017 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
9018 {
|
|
|
9019 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
9020 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
9021 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */
|
|
|
9022 {
|
|
|
9023 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
9024 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
9025 }
|
|
|
9026 }
|
|
|
9027 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */
|
|
|
9028 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
9029 }
|
|
|
9030 }
|
|
|
9031 }
|
|
|
9032 }
|
|
|
9033
|
|
|
9034 /*
|
|
|
9035 * List highlighting matches in a nice way.
|
|
|
9036 */
|
|
|
9037 static void
|
|
|
9038 highlight_list()
|
|
|
9039 {
|
|
|
9040 int i;
|
|
|
9041
|
|
|
9042 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
9043 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
9044 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
9045 highlight_list_two(99, 0);
|
|
|
9046 }
|
|
|
9047
|
|
|
9048 static void
|
|
|
9049 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr)
|
|
|
9050 int cnt;
|
|
|
9051 int attr;
|
|
|
9052 {
|
|
|
9053 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr);
|
|
|
9054 msg_clr_eos();
|
|
|
9055 out_flush();
|
|
|
9056 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE);
|
|
|
9057 }
|
|
|
9058
|
|
|
9059 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
9060
|
|
|
9061 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \
|
|
|
9062 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
9063 /*
|
|
|
9064 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names.
|
|
|
9065 * Also used for synIDattr() function.
|
|
|
9066 */
|
|
|
9067 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
9068 char_u *
|
|
|
9069 get_highlight_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
9070 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
9071 int idx;
|
|
|
9072 {
|
|
|
9073 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
1322
|
9074 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len && include_none != 0)
|
|
|
9075 return (char_u *)"none";
|
|
|
9076 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none && include_default != 0)
|
|
|
9077 return (char_u *)"default";
|
|
|
9078 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default
|
|
|
9079 && include_link != 0)
|
|
7
|
9080 return (char_u *)"link";
|
|
1322
|
9081 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default + 1
|
|
|
9082 && include_link != 0)
|
|
7
|
9083 return (char_u *)"clear";
|
|
|
9084 #endif
|
|
|
9085 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
9086 return NULL;
|
|
|
9087 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name;
|
|
|
9088 }
|
|
|
9089 #endif
|
|
|
9090
|
|
1322
|
9091 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
9092 /*
|
|
|
9093 * Free all the highlight group fonts.
|
|
|
9094 * Used when quitting for systems which need it.
|
|
|
9095 */
|
|
|
9096 void
|
|
|
9097 free_highlight_fonts()
|
|
|
9098 {
|
|
|
9099 int idx;
|
|
|
9100
|
|
|
9101 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
9102 {
|
|
|
9103 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
9104 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
9105 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
9106 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
9107 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
9108 # endif
|
|
|
9109 }
|
|
|
9110
|
|
|
9111 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
|
|
|
9112 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
9113 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
|
|
|
9114 # endif
|
|
|
9115 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2
|
|
|
9116 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
|
|
|
9117 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
|
|
|
9118 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
|
|
|
9119 # endif
|
|
|
9120 }
|
|
|
9121 #endif
|
|
|
9122
|
|
|
9123 /**************************************
|
|
|
9124 * End of Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
9125 **************************************/
|
